Do not hold your peace—share it!

TOPICS:  One person CAN make a difference – Do not hold your peace –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus, October 22, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

Now, as my beloved brother, Kuthumi, has set the stage, I, Jesus, will take it to the next level. Life is an opportunity of such great cosmic importance, that when you see just a glimpse of how wonderful an opportunity life on earth is, all of a sudden, you are raised above the condition that has become the most common, the most widespread, condition on earth today. And that condition is a state of depression, a state of helplessness, a state of despair, where people feel that here is nothing they can do to improve conditions on earth. For it is too big for any one person to solve the myriad of problems that are out there.

This is exactly what the forces of this world want you to believe, for it pacifies you. Can you see, that when the forces of the false teachers took over Christianity and turned it into a pacifist religion – that turned people into pacifists who sit there and wait for God or Christ to do it all for them – they set the stage for the present age?

For I must tell you that the plan of the ascended masters has been all along that in this critical time, at this critical nexus between the Piscean and the Aquarian dispensation, the top ten percent of the spiritual people on this earth should rise up and cry out, “The emperor has nothing on!” Yet the false teachers have done everything they could to prevent this awakening by pacifying people. First through Christianity, then through materialistic science, which tells them that they are no more than highly evolved monkeys and that they have no real power to change anything beyond what they can do with their physical bodies.

One person CAN make a difference

My Beloved, this is such a state of illusion that it is mind-boggling to an ascended being that people can be in it. But it is especially mind-boggling that the top ten percent of the most spiritual people have allowed themselves to be manipulated into this state of depression and hopelessness, and that they still are in it. So thus, I speak to the mass consciousness, and I say, “With God all things are possible, and you are the people of God. So when you wake up and recognize your rightful role to have dominion over the earth – and when you call forth God’s Light and Power to flow through your beings, when you make yourselves the open doors – then there is indeed something you can do to change conditions on earth. There is something God can do through you, when you are willing to be the open door, to be the light of the world.”

What is the example that was set by me, by the Buddha, by Saint Francis, by Krishna, by so many other leaders, whether they were spiritual or in other realms. Look at the world and see how many times one person made a difference, one person brought forth some new idea that changed the world somewhat. And then, dare to recognize the fact that you have the potential to become such a person. Whether you become publicly known or not, you have the potential to make a difference on the earth.

And when you realize this and reconnect to that higher love – for it was indeed the love for making a difference that brought you to this planet – well then all weight and cloud of depression is blown away. There is no room for it anymore in your consciousness, for you simply do not have time to sit down and be depressed, for there is so much you can do, and now you see what you can do. You see where you can at least start doing something, and you are so enflamed by doing something that you start walking. And as you start walking, you will be led further and further along on the path that represents your individual divine plan.

Do not hold your peace

My Beloved, it is amazing to us to look down upon the spiritual people on earth, be they in spiritual movements or even outside of any formal movement, and see how they sit there – knowing there is a spiritual side to life, knowing they are spiritual people – but yet they feel so weighted down, they feel so insignificant, that they cannot get themselves over that hump and take a stand with Christ.

Instead, they do as Peter did, when he was asked whether he was one with me, he denied that oneness, seeking to hide from those that he knew would condemn him. You yourselves, if you will be honest, will see how many times in your lives you have had an opportunity to speak out and bear witness to your truth. And yet, something within you prevented you from doing it. Something within you caused you to bite your tongue, to, as the saying goes, hold your peace.

But my beloved, I do not want you to hold your peace, I want you to share it, to let it flow, so that it can enlighten and inspire others. So that you can give to someone a spark of the spiritual fire of your heart, that will re-ignite the spiritual fire in their hearts, so that spiritual fire can then spread, like a brushfire. And this is exactly how the early Christian movement spread after the descent of the Holy Spirit, where my disciples finally got the courage to take a stand and no longer hide their light under a bushel.

And they got out there, on the housetops, crying from the housetops, preaching wherever they would be heard and even where they would not be heard. But they were so enflamed by the Spirit that they were ready to go to the ends of the earth to bring the message of Christ as they saw it. And today you have an even higher vision of Christ. And so, the question is only, “Will you dare to take that step up and be the open door and share your truth?” I thank you, and I will now let my beloved Lord of the World, Gautama Buddha, give you a further teaching on how this can be accomplished.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

It is time the true teachings of Christ be understood

TOPICS:  Taking a stand – Let the true teachings of Christ and Buddha be understood – Pacifism will not bring about peace –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuthumi, October 22, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

Messenger reads:

Prayer of Saint Francis
Lord, make me an instrument of your peace.
Where there is hatred, let me sow love;
where there is injury, pardon;
where there is doubt, faith;
where there is despair, hope;
where there is darkness, light;
and where there is sadness, joy.

O Divine master, grant that I may not so much seek
to be consoled as to console;
to be understood as to understand;
to be loved as to love.
For it is in giving that we receive;
it is in pardoning that we are pardoned;
and it is in dying that we are born to eternal life.

Prayer for Ecstatic peace
Lord, I choose to BE an instrument of your peace.
Where there is hatred, I AM the Flame of Love.
Where there is injury, I AM the Flame of Justice.
Where there is doubt, I AM the Flame of Truth.
Where there is despair, I AM the Flame of Vision.
Where there is darkness, I AM the Light of the world.
Where there is sadness, I AM the Flame of Blissful Joy.
O Divine master, I choose to console others and in so doing find your consolation.

I choose to understand others and in so doing find your understanding.
I choose to love others and in so doing find your love for me.
For it is in giving of ourselves to others that we receive more of you.
It is in forgiving others that we find your forgiveness.
It is in letting the ego die that we are reborn into the eternal life of being the Living Christ—on earth as we are in heaven, now and foreverMORE.

It is when we dare to BE here below all that we are Above that the earth will be here below all that she is in the heart of God. And thus I AM the Golden Age made manifest, as I love God’s flame of Ecstatic Peace with all my heart, soul and mind. For I AM the light of the world, and as long as I AM in the world, there is peace on earth and God’s will toward all life.

Kuthumi:

Beloved, I am the Being who was known as Saint Francis and whom many of you now know as the ascended master Kuthumi. Thus, I have asked the messenger to read the original prayer of Saint Francis and the new prayer of Saint Francis, that I inspired him to write based on the old—but by taking the old one to an entirely higher level, where it is given a completely different tone, vibration and power.

For you see, as the being who was embodied as Saint Francis, I think I should say I have the right to criticize myself and give myself a critical review of what was missing in that embodiment as Saint Francis. For you who know me as the ascended master Kuthumi, will know that I did not ascend after that embodiment, despite the fact that many Christians revere Saint Francis as the ultimate expression, the ultimate embodiment, of the teachings of Christ.

Yet had I fully embodied the teachings of Christ back then, do you not think I would have ascended after that embodiment? Surely, it would have been so. And thus, I might recommend that those of you who feel a tie to me as an ascended master, will study my life as Saint Francis, after you have studied some of the teachings we have given, such as Jesus’ teaching on the ego and the teachings on the duality consciousness. And then you will be able yourselves to get much more detail than what I will give you now. But I will give you some discourse about what was missing in the life of Saint Francis and why such a life, lived in such imitation of Christ, still was not enough to qualify me for the ascension. It was, indeed, in large part because I had not fully understood and internalized the essential principle of becoming the Living Christ, which is that you take command, first over your own being and then you go out and take command over the earth by putting yourself right in the face of those who represent anti-Christ.

Taking a stand

I should, as Saint Francis, have taken a more clear stand against the false leadership and the false doctrines of the Catholic Church, instead of falling under the illusion of misguided loyalty, of confusing the loyalty to Christ with the loyalty to an outer church who claimed to be the only true representative of Christ. For I should have seen that no outer organization or person can be the exclusive representative of Christ, for no human institution or mental box can hold the Living Christ.

I know full well that there are many people, both in the Christian and New Age community, who revere the prayer of Saint Francis in its different forms. But I must tell you that if you read that prayer, you will see that it was an expression of a state of consciousness that must now go into the dustbin of history and be replaced by the recognition that you are not passive beings, sitting here expecting the genie in the bottle, the God in the sky, to do everything for you.

“Lord make me an instrument of your peace.” No my beloved, you have to choose to be an instrument of peace. You have to choose to let your light shine, so that you do not pray to some remote God to do it for you. For truly, you can of your own self do nothing, but you must still be the open door for the light of God to shine through. For the Light of God must have a lens, a prism, through which it can shine, so that it can be focused here on earth. And that is the step up that Jesus had expressed when he said, “My Father worketh hitherto—and I work.”

And this is what I, as Saint Francis, did not fully embody and what most Christians to this day have not embodied or have not even understood. So they still take a passive approach. They still think that Jesus was a pacifist. No! He was the Prince of Peace. And the Prince of Peace is not a pacifist. Neither is he a warlord who goes out and defeats the forces who create war. For the Prince of Peace is above and beyond duality, and thus he is neither in the pacifist extreme, nor in the warring extreme.

Let the true teachings of Christ and Buddha be understood

It is time and high time that the true teachings of the Christ and the true teachings of the Buddha are understood in the western world—the teachings about duality and your potential to rise above it. For only in this way can this planet and the consciousness of humankind be raised to a higher level, where the top ten percent of the spiritual people stop seeing themselves as passive recipients of God’s grace, of peace or of—whatever. But they start seeing themselves in their proper roles, the roles they were created to fulfill, namely that of co-creators with God who are here to multiply their talents and have dominion over the earth.

This is the step up that needs to happen in the Christian community, in the New Age community, and hopefully also among those who call themselves ascended master students. The new teachings we are giving are indeed the nexus of the figure-eight flow between the Age of Pisces and the Age of Aquarius. And unless our students embody and understand the concepts of duality and the ego – and overcome the black-and-white thinking and the gray thinking – then they will not be able to pass with us into the Aquarian Age consciousness. And so they must inevitably be left behind, still following a Piscean dispensation, while the planet moves rapidly into the dispensation of Aquarius.

Pacifism will not bring about peace

Pacifism will not bring about peace. It is wonderful that people are meek and humble, for truly the proud – whether they are in a spiritual organization, a Christian church or a New Age movement – the proud will not be able to bring about peace. Yet neither will the meek and the humble—if they continue to take the passive approach of waiting for God to do everything for them.

You cannot, as they say in the Middle East, sit there and wait for the orange to drop in your turban. For surely, it is no longer valid to look at God as the genie in the bottle—and if you make the right prayers then God has to jump out of the bottle and grant your wish. No, you are co-creators. So you have to co-create the conditions you want by rising above the duality consciousness and thus letting your light shine freely and bringing about the conditions that are part of your divine plan—and not the conditions that your ego desires for whatever reason.

Thus, my beloved, study my life as Saint Francis, or at least look at the difference between the two prayers as they were read here. Read them to yourself and contemplate the difference. Allow yourself to feel the power in the new prayer. Allow that power to move in you, to move your heart and realize a new day has dawned. A new day, a new wind is blowing and it is time for God’s people on earth to stand up and be counted, to stand up and be heard by witnessing to the higher truth, to the reality that there is something beyond the human dualistic power struggle. There is an alternative to that state of consciousness.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Be free as a little child

TOPICS:  The false concept of freedom – No action without reaction – The freedom of the childlike mind – How religion can take away your freedom – Let not spirituality become a straightjacket – An overlay in the mind – We cannot make your ascension for you – Your volunteer work –


 Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, October 21, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, Saint Germain I am, and I am here to greet you in the Flame of Freedom. What do the ascended masters desire to see for our students? Well, I can assure you that each of the chohans of the seven rays desires to see you benefit from the best qualities of his or her ray. Thus, as the master on the seventh ray, I indeed desire all of you to be free, to experience the freedom of being in the Flame of Freedom. Not in the sense that you see that freedom in opposition to bondage, but you transcend the duality in which freedom has an opposite, and you come into that Flame of Being Freedom.

The false concept of freedom

How can you become free? Well, you need to understand freedom, at least as a start. You need to realize that there are many false concepts of freedom circulating on this planet. And the most subtle of all of them is the one promoted by the false teachers, namely that freedom can only come when you can do anything you want. The only reason this illusion has such a hold on so many people, is because the earth is currently so dense, and humankind’s consciousness so dense, that so many people do not recognize – do not experience intuitively – the direct relationship between their actions and the reaction from the universe. They do not experience directly the reality of the law of action and reaction, the law of karma.

How can you have an illusion that freedom means you can do anything you want? Well, you can have it only when you deny karma. For when you know the law of karma, you know that every action has an opposite reaction—at least when that action is taken from the consciousness of duality. What is truly going on is that those beings who fell from a higher realm – in their rebellion against God and against God’s vision, will and law – well they have attempted to create the illusion that you can escape the reaction to your actions, that you can escape your karma.

I must tell you that there are indeed some among the most “sophisticated” among these beings who know that karma is a reality and that you can never escape the consequences of your actions. Yet they also know that if they can get other people to accept the illusion that actions don’t have consequences, that you can do whatever you want and get away with it, then they can get some of these people to go along with their schemes. And that means that the people who go along with the fallen angels, the false leaders, become partly responsible for the karma created as a result of that state of consciousness.

And that means that those who are at the top of the pyramid can avoid reaping all of the karma, because those below them take on most of it. So they can dodge that karma and avoid having the return, because those who are below them, those who are their followers, are bearing the brunt of the burden. This is very similar to what you have seen in many cultures, such as the feudal societies in Europe, where you had a king or a duke or a master who owned – practically – the people below him. And those people were the ones who bore the brunt of the physical burden of raising crops and providing the riches that allowed the leader to sit in his castle and become fat on the labor of others.

This is a physical representation of what is going on in the hidden realms, in terms of certain false teachers, false leaders, who are getting other people to follow them blindly into that state of consciousness of rebelling against the law of karma. They have created the false sense of freedom, and thus they can sit there as the leader while their followers carry the brunt of the karmic burden. So this is why these insidious lies have been spread and continue to be spread, so that someone can set himself up as a guru and have followers, who then bear the burden of the karma made through his selfish actions and through the spreading of the false teachings he is bringing forth.

No action without reaction

So when you realize that the law of karma does indeed work, and that no action can be taken without generating a reaction from the universe, then you realize that you need to refine your concept of freedom. For it no longer makes sense to say that freedom means that you can do anything you want. God has given you free will, so you can literally do anything you want. But you can never escape the consequences, the karma of your action. So if you are willing to pay the price, then you can indeed do anything you want, so that you fulfill those desires, those selfish desires, until you tire of them. And hopefully, you tire of them before you have made so much karma that you have no chance of balancing it in the time that is left for you.

Yet, it should be obvious that neither God nor we of the ascended masters desire to see anyone be trapped on this treadmill of karma, of making more and more karma while sticking your head in the sand and denying that you are making karma. So we desire you to realize what it truly means to be free. The true definition of freedom is that you realize that you are not a separate being who exists independently, that you realize that no man is an island because you are, your lower being is, the feminine polarity to the masculine polarity of your I AM Presence and spiritual self.

And when you recognize this, you realize that freedom comes at two levels. At the higher level of freedom, you have the decisions made by your own higher being, which sets certain parameters for what you want to accomplish on earth, not only when you came the first time but also in this particular lifetime. When you bring your lower being, your conscious self, into alignment with that will of your own higher being, then you have outer parameters for what is your goal in life.

And when you stay within those outer parameters, virtually anything you do within those parameters will contribute to your spiritual growth and the fulfillment of your divine plan. And what does that mean, my beloved? Well, it means that when you have aligned your lower being, your conscious self, with the will of your own higher being, when you have made that commitment to staying within those parameters, well then, you are free to do anything you want within that framework. And when you do so, you will not make karma and you will not hinder the fulfillment of your divine plan. Yet you still have immense freedom for how to specifically fulfill your divine plan or fulfill certain desires you have—the freedom from which will ultimately contribute to your spiritual freedom and your ascension.

The freedom of the childlike mind

When you understand this, you realize that the true freedom you can enjoy as a human being in embodiment on earth – or should I say as a spiritual being embodied in a human body – the true freedom you can enjoy is in essence the freedom of a child, the freedom of a child who has been placed in a safe environment by a loving parent or teacher. Within that safe environment, there are no dangerous things that can hurt the child, but there are many different forms of toys or crafts or lessons that the child can learn. Once the child is in that environment, the child can choose for itself and it has unlimited possibilities for choosing, but no matter what it chooses, it will not hurt itself, it will not hurt others and it will, indeed, grow from the experience.

This is one interpretation of Jesus’ wonderful statement that unless you become as little children, ye shall in no wise enter the kingdom of heaven. For truly, you can see that the kingdom of heaven is a symbol for a state of consciousness. And it is precisely the state of consciousness I have described, where your conscious self has come into such alignment with, such oneness with, your own higher being that you – without even having to make a decision about it – you stay within that framework of your own higher will.

Therefore, you are now free to play as the innocent child, who really has not a care in the world. And this, of course, is that state of freedom that you see in many children, who are not yet burdened by the adult consciousness. They are open, loving, creative, free to just enjoy life without being burdened by so-called responsibilities, without having to deal with what adults mistakenly call “the real world” but which is truly a world of their own making. A world where they create their own suffering through the dualistic struggle that they perpetuate lifetime after lifetime. We desire all of you here below to attain that freedom, that alignment with your own higher being, so that you can now be as the free, innocent children who can look at the earth as a playground and joyfully explore, follow your heart’s desire and within the framework of your higher will do whatever your conscious self desires, for it will all lead you toward your goal.

How religion can take away your freedom

What is the one condition that prevents so many people from attaining that state of childlike innocence, even as adults? Be honest with yourselves, beloved, and look at your own life, look at the people you know, whether they have followed this spiritual organization or that spiritual organization, or this or that religion. Be willing to recognize that in spiritual and religious circles, there is a very clear and obvious tendency that people feel very burdened, feel a need to be very serious and to take life and the spiritual path or salvation very seriously. They turn the spiritual path into a state of stress instead of being like the joyful children, who joyfully, lovingly run to the Living Christ and sit at his feet, sometimes not even listening to his words but just gazing into his eyes and absorbing the vibration of the Living Christ, thereby internalizing it and coming closer to oneness with it.

Well, the one condition you see in so many people who are spiritual and religious is that they have come to believe that they need to take spirituality so seriously, that they need to accept some kind of standard, compared to which they judge everything and everyone. When their own behavior does not live up to that standard, they feel a need to judge and condemn themselves or feel guilty. And of course, in engaging in these feelings, immediately the innocence of the child, the childlike mind, is lost and cannot manifest.

And they also often feel a need to look upon the actions of others and judge them according to this standard they have accepted. Instead of looking in the mirror, they look at the splinter in the eye of their brother and they judge everything according to some standard. If you will be free of this, one way to do so is to start realizing that you are doing this and then start becoming more aware of what standard you actually have.

What is the standard you are using to judge everything? Where did it come from? And then, if you start looking at that standard and comparing it to the teachings of the Christ, the teachings of the Buddha or the modern teachings of the ascended masters, you will be able to see that that standard could not have come from an ascended being who is beyond duality. For truly, as we have now said many times, we do not judge anyone, we do not condemn, we do not feel threatened by anything, so we have no need to control.

We of the ascended masters do not have a fixed standard for how our students should behave, for we see each student as a unique individual, and we want you to be free to be who you are, to express not only your God Flame but also the divine individuality anchored in your I AM Presence and the individuality that your conscious self has created through your sojourn in the material universe. As long, of course, as that individuality is within the framework of your higher being and contributes to your growth.

Let not spirituality become a straightjacket

There are some people who believe that when you enter a spiritual or religious organization, it is as if you have to put on a straightjacket. And you have to come into alignment with a standard that everyone else is to follow as well, so that all move in the same way, almost like robots who mechanically move along and recite whatever prayers or rituals and blindly confess their faith in whatever doctrines are accepted in the organization. And thereby, people become literally like automatons, who bear no resemblance to the self-aware, creative beings that God created, who bear no resemblance to the Living Christ.

And yet they think that if they keep marching blindly along, following the blind leaders, they will one day suddenly wake up, and “Puff, now I am in heaven.” Yet my beloved, you will not get to heaven by following the crowd, by following an outer standard. You will get to heaven only by being yourself, by following your higher self, by being that higher self in action and expressing it through you. That is how you will be in heaven, for heaven is a state of consciousness—of oneness, of integration between your higher and lower being. And that is the state of ultimate freedom, of being free, of being freedom itself in expressing your God Flame and your individuality.

This, of course, is what we desire to see for all of our students, and as an absolute requirement for moving toward that freedom, you must heed El Morya’s warning about the state of judgment, of judgmentalness, that causes you to compare everything to this standard that really is not clearly defined. And if you look at it closely, you see that it is illogical and often comes from people who are very self-centered, egotistical, judgmental and are so anchored in fear that they have a need to control everything. So they invent this standard as a means of control, as a means of comparison. Be willing to admit if you have been affected by this consciousness, which as I said pervades most of the spiritual and religious organizations on this planet. Be willing to admit that it comes from duality and then use the tools we have given you to rise above it.

An overlay in the mind

For let me tell you with absolute certainty that as long as you feel the need to judge anyone, including yourself, you are not free to be yourself. For you see, what happens when you judge is that there is an overlay in the mind, in the analytical mind. It is like a computer running, and whatever happens in your life, whatever input comes to you, is filtered through that computer, which instantly compares it to the database of this standard which it has created or accepted.

There now is an interim step between the input that comes to you and your reaction to it, your reaction no longer flows spontaneously from within. It is not created by, it does not come from, your higher being. For all of a sudden your every action has to live up to this undefined standard, and your computer will surely come down upon you if you do not follow that standard. This of course is not the innocence of the childlike mind, because the innocence of the mind of the child is that the child responds spontaneously to life. The child does not analyze its actions or reactions. The child simply responds spontaneously, joyfully, lovingly.

And yes, I know you will say that many children make mistakes or commit selfish actions. And while it is true that you cannot remain in that state of childhood for your adult life, I am talking about a higher sense of innocence. For as I have explained, when you do come into alignment with your higher being, you will spontaneously do what is right, what is within the framework of your higher will. And thus, it now becomes possible for you to spontaneously do the right thing. And you thus have no need to analyze everything before you do anything or before you respond to any situation.

Instead of this lower standard created in the realm of duality, you have a higher standard of being so aligned with your higher being, that you spontaneously know what is right and do what is right. And this is then a higher form of integration and oneness than the lower level, where you still need an external direction. For you see, we of the ascended masters are more than happy to give you Divine Direction that will help you grow on the path, but there does come that point, where you need to become self-sufficient. And thus, we cannot continue to give you those directions that tell you what to do, so that you do not have to draw on your own inner being to make those right decisions.

We cannot make your ascension for you

We do have the knowledge of how to ascend, but even so we cannot direct you all the way to your ascension. For in the end, you must walk on your own, on your own internalized knowledge and being, so that you can walk through that eye of the needle on your own inner being, freedom, internalization, wisdom, love. You see, my beloved, if we could have brought about your ascension for you, you would already be ascended. And thus, the realization is that we cannot do this for you; you must BE for yourself.

And this, of course, is our joy—to see our students come into that state of being, that state of freedom. This is what we desire. We have no desire to see you become robots who blindly follow us, even though we are not the blind leaders. But precisely because we are the seeing leaders, we want you to become the seeing students so that you become masters in your own right.

Ah my beloved, could I only convey to you the freedom of rising above that state of judgment, that state of analyzing everything, comparing everything to this non-existing or completely illogical standard. Could I only convey to you what freedom it is to let it drop from you and come into that oneness with your higher being, so you no longer need any outer standard but you are being the Living Christ, letting your light shine regardless of what the world thinks about it.

This is such a joy, such a freedom, such a sense of being one with God, being one with all life, that you can scarcely imagine it. But yet I desire to convey at least some vision of it, that you know that this is indeed such a joyful state that once you reach it, you will look back on your current troubles and your spiritual path and say, “No matter what I had to go through to reach this state of mind, it was worth it.”

Your volunteer work

Truly, my beloved, there is no effort, there is no hardship that will not melt away when you reach that state of innocence, of freedom. You will feel – literally – spiritually reborn, as Jesus said. You will feel like a new being in Christ. And you will look back and say, “But why on earth did it take me so long to reach beyond that consciousness that was so unreal?” And yet the reality is that many of you could have reached beyond that consciousness long ago, but you volunteered to take on some of the planetary consciousness and transform it, to lighten the load and pave the way for others.

And thus, again, even though you might go through burdens right now, could I at least make you contemplate that these might not be your own, self-created burdens, but you are bearing those burdens for others, then I think it would make it easier for you to carry that load. For you know there is a higher purpose, and you know that one day, you will have transformed it, you will be able to throw away that yoke and be free in the light and the love of your own I AM Presence.

This is my true desire for you. And I hope you will contemplate my words, look at your path, look at your involvement with a spiritual organization, and see if that spiritual organization or teaching is taking away your innocence and your freedom. This does not mean that there is something wrong with the teaching or the organization, at least not necessarily. But it does mean that there is something wrong with your approach, and you need to strive for that non-attachment of the Buddha, that was so beautifully described yesterday by Gautama.

Go back over the dictations we have given at this conference. Do not simply read them once and think you are done with them. Go back over them, including the ones that will be given tomorrow, and strive to internalize them at a deeper level than you have ever done before. And if you will do this, I know that you will experience a greater freedom than you ever thought possible. You will feel a shift in your approach to the spiritual path, and you will gradually begin to glimpse that freedom of the innocence of the child, of coming into oneness with that higher being, coming into oneness with the River of Life and feeling it flow through you—which is the ultimate state of freedom and joy.

So I leave you with these thoughts, for I have no desire to burden you by talking about world conditions. For could you only come into that innocence of the child, in that innocence you would do more to transform the burdens of the world than you could ever do by remaining in the dualistic state of consciousness of analyzing and judging. You see, the innocence of the child can transform a thousand times more than any amount of seriousness of the adult.

So dare to be free. Be not afraid of freedom. Do not cling to your prison, in which you have become comfortable because it gives you that inner sense of what you are allowed to be and what you are not allowed to be. To be or not to be is really a matter of whether you are willing to be free or whether you will cling to your self-created prison and the security that it seems to offer as opposed to the seeming insecurity of freedom.

So dare to BE FREE. And I leave you with the joy of my heart, the joy of seeing so many of you come together, dare to express that freedom, dare to express some humor, dare to just be playful. For my beloved, this gathering truly has been a joyful event, and we look forward to seeing what will transpire on the morrow. Thus, I bid you, goodnight.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Let your vision be MORE

TOPICS:  Without vision the people perish – Living vision or dead vision? – Being open to a new understanding – No fixed vision for the Golden Age – Stopping just before the goal is reached – A higher understanding of the fall – Judgment is the hallmark of the fallen consciousness – Enough is enough! –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master El Morya, October 21, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

I AM THAT I AM El Morya, and I am forever the MORE. Thus, there is no greater joy than when my students here below are willing to become the MORE, to rise higher, to go beyond where they have been before. And thus, my beloved, I too congratulate you in that willingness to go beyond.

Without vision the people perish

My address this morning is focused on the old saying, “Without vision the people perish.” Yet I would give you a greater understanding. I would give you the MORE of this statement. For truly, the surface interpretation of this statement would be that if people have no vision of the spiritual side of life, of the spiritual reality, they are blinded by the material world. And so their lives are entirely focused on material goals, material desires, material pleasures and material pursuits. And this, of course, is what you see with a great number of people on planet earth. And it has been this way for a very long time.

It is true that at a certain level, without spiritual vision, the people will perish. Which is indeed also what you have seen in past civilizations who left off of their spiritual vision, became too focused on something in the material—and then the entire civilization would collapse and disappear. Yet, there is a higher understanding of what it means to be without vision. For indeed, there are many people on this earth who do have a vision that there is a spiritual side to life, that there is a God, that God has certain laws—and that following those laws will create a positive experience and going against them will create a negative experience. Yet, even though they have this vision of the spiritual side of life, the question is, “Is it a living vision or a dead vision?”

Living vision or dead vision?

For my beloved, nothing that is of God stands still. Nothing that is of God stands still! God is self-transcendence! For this is how the Creator creates—by transcending his former state and becoming MORE. You may have a spiritual teaching, a religious doctrine, and you may think it gives you all you need to know about God’s reality. But if your vision stands still – does not grow, does not become MORE – then your vision has become a graven image. And no graven image can ever convey the reality of the Living God.

Look upon the world, look upon the religious people, for in them truly all spiritual people can see that even though they have a vision and claim that their doctrines can explain all there is to know about life, you can surely see that their vision is a graven image. Their doctrines are graven images, and they go to church every Sunday worshipping before those idols that have no resemblance whatsoever to the Living God. For how can any image ever depict the Living God? Thus, you see so many Christians who hold on to an image of God that is completely out of touch with reality. For God is not an angry being in the sky. He is the Living, Loving God. God has no desire to punish anyone. God does not even desire to punish the devil, or Satan or Lucifer or whatever Christians name the adversary.

God only desires to see all life transcend itself. And this is the one thing I would like you to understand from this discourse. God has no desire to punish anyone. For punishment as it is seen by human beings, often means that you restrict someone from growing. And God would never restrict anyone from growing, from transcending themselves. God only wants all life to be free, to become MORE—as God is constantly becoming MORE.

The image of an angry and punishing God is indeed a false image, a graven image that springs from the duality consciousness. And it is created because human beings in embodiment are projecting onto God the qualities of their own egos. For you see, the ego feels threatened, feels constantly threatened. And thus, the ego has a desire to control. And when someone else will not submit to the ego’s control, then the ego wants to punish that someone else. You see, the desire to punish, the desire for revenge, springs from the sense of being threatened. And the sense of being threatened can come only from unreality.

For how could anything real be threatened by anything? Do you think that God sits up in heaven and feels threatened by the devil? Do you think that God sits up in heaven and feels threatened by anything human beings do or could possibly do on earth? God is not threatened by anything, and thus God has no need to control. Nor does he have a need to punish those who will not submit to control.

So many people have a vision that there is a God. But they have the wrong vision of what God is like. And thus, one might wonder, would it be better for these people that they had no vision of the spiritual side of life whatsoever? For in many cases, I must tell you, that those who have no vision, who are stuck in the material, are often more open to learning something new than the people who call themselves the most devout religious people, whether they be in this religion or that.

Being open to a new understanding

As a spiritual teacher – which all ascended masters are – we often find that there is the least opening among the people who claim to be the most religious or the most spiritual. And so, now that I have given you an example that I trust you can see, I would ask you to look in the mirror and look at yourselves and your own vision. There is not a single person on earth who has the full and complete vision of the reality of God. Let me say it again, “There is not a single person on earth who has the full and complete vision of the reality of God!” There never has been such a person, and there never will be.

For while you are in physical embodiment, it is not physically possible to have the full vision of God because the human brain, the human nervous system, is too limited to bring that vision to your conscious awareness. And my point for stating this obvious truth is to make you realize that all of you can benefit from expanding your vision, from raising your vision.

There is no one who is an exception to this. Have I made myself clear here? So then, you should be willing to look at yourselves – not in a condemning, not in a controlling, not in a punishing way – but you should be willing to look at yourself and say, “Are there any elements in my being, in my consciousness, that resist an expansion of my vision?” And if you sense such a resistance, then you know that the ego is hiding behind it. And it has an intention, which is to restrict you so that it can keep you under control. And that is why it does not want you to expand your vision, because when you do, what will happen? Well, you will find the truth that will make you free from the ego’s control.

I will now speak into the collective consciousness of all those who have gone beyond the black-and-white stage of being religious and have risen to the stage of being more open to a spiritual teaching, a higher spiritual understanding. This includes all those in the New Age community. So again, as we did in Europe, I speak into the collective consciousness and this time it is the collective consciousness of the entire planet.

The biggest problem that we face as spiritual teachers is that too many people will find a spiritual teaching that will expand their understanding of the spiritual side of life. And then, after a while, they will begin to listen to the subtle voice of the ego and the false teachers of this world—who tell them that now they know all they need to know. And thus, they just need to keep doing what they are doing now, believing what they are believing now, and they will make it to whatever version of salvation that they have been given in their teaching.

I must tell you that the only realistic hope for the raising up of planet earth into the Golden Age is that the top ten percent of the most spiritual people continue to raise their consciousness, until they attain either the full Christ consciousness or a high degree of Christhood. And knowing this full well, the false teachers of this world are working overtime, trying to get these spiritual people to go into this blind alley of feeling that now they have reached a sufficient level of spiritual vision. And they have the vision that is needed.

So, as I have said, this is an illusion! There is no one who can fulfill their spiritual mission without continuing to raise their vision as long as they have breath in the material realm. I must tell you that there is a substantial number of people in the New Age movement, who have grown for a time and then reached a plateau that is below the fulfillment of their divine plan and their highest potential. And they have then gotten comfortable or perhaps even discouraged, and so they have stopped their growth.

No fixed vision for the Golden Age

This will not cut it—neither for you personally nor for the planet as a whole. For you see, what does it mean that the earth is raised into a Golden Age? Is there a fixed vision for the Golden Age? You sometimes see organizations who conduct a fundraising campaign. And they create a big sign and they draw a thermometer, and at the top they have the sum that they are trying to raise. And then they show by lines and coloring how high they have come, how close they have come to the goal. When the goal is reached and they have collected the sum of money that was their goal, then that particular mission was fulfilled.

What many of you have come to think – because this is the way the ego and the linear, analytical mind thinks – is that bringing in the Golden Age is similar to this, that it is some kind of spiritual fundraising campaign where we have a top goal. And when enough prayers or decrees or rosaries or enough good vibrations have been released, then we have reached the top and the Golden Age is suddenly there.

But you see, my beloved, the Golden Age is not a fixed quantity—it cannot be quantified. The Golden Age does not mean that society has reached some kind of perfection, and now it will no longer change or grow. For you see, the essence of a Golden Age is that society is not in a static state of perfection but is in a continual state of self-transcendence. This is the Golden Age. And in past ages, when civilizations had reached the Golden Age, what caused those civilizations to decline was that they stopped transcending themselves. And so the Golden Age came to a halt and the society went into a downward spiral.

It is not a matter of you having the vision that if you do a certain amount of outer things or understand a certain truth, then you are doing what you need to do to bring about the Golden Age of Saint Germain. No, what you need to do to bring about the Golden Age of Saint Germain is to enter into and remain in the River of Life, that is continually flowing and transcending itself. For only then will you give the highest possible contribution to bringing about the Golden Age of Saint Germain and your own ascension and Christhood.

Stopping just before the goal is reached

When you look at the pyramid, the Great Pyramid at Giza, you will see that the King’s Chamber is two-thirds of the height of the pyramid from the base. And the two-thirds mark is the level where the Christ is meant to appear. What I am trying to explain to you here is that a substantial number of people in the New Age movement have come very close to that two-thirds mark.

Yet instead of pushing harder and going above it, where the Christ starts appearing in their being, they have somehow come to believe in a fallacy of the ego, in an illusion of the ego. And they have stood still, they have stagnated. And they are standing there and they are spinning their wheels. And some of them are moving hard and working hard, but they are getting nowhere, for they are not willing to raise their vision to see what will it take to come over that hump and enter into the light of Christ. And the reason they have not done this is that there is some illusion of the ego that they are still attached to, that they are not willing to question, that they are not willing to look in the mirror and see, “Oh, I have this problem. I am the one that needs to overcome it.”

A higher understanding of the fall

I must tell you quite honestly that a substantial portion of those who call themselves spiritual people have – instead of manifesting their Christhood – entered into a state of consciousness that is in opposition to their Christhood, where they actually believe that they are the most spiritual people, the most sophisticated people, on the planet. Yet I must tell you that they are in the state of consciousness that is the characteristic, the hallmark, of the fallen angels.

Sometimes when people will not hear an outer teaching, we have no other opportunity to reach them than to try and push their buttons so that we jolt them out of the stagnating vision, that stale vision that has become like the water in a pond that stands still until it becomes rotten and starts to stink. And not even the animals will drink of it anymore, yet sadly many people continue to drink of such a stale pond. And they explain away the stench as somehow coming from the world or by some other convoluted excuse.

So let me now give you a higher understanding of the concept of fallen angels. For you see, God did not create fallen angels. This should be easy to see, for how could a perfect God create anything imperfect? Yet going all the way back to the Christian religion and beyond, there are many people who believe that the devil was created to fall, to sin, to be in opposition to God. There are even those in the New Age movement who believe that evil is a necessary polarity to God, and without it the universe would not be complete. There are even those who believe in the illusion that it was only by falling, by rebelling against God, that people gained their freedom and that they were meant to do so.

Well, the reality is that God never created anyone imperfect, evil or dark. Nor did God create anyone to fall or to sin. It is not God’s intention that anyone needs to fall or rebel against God’s will. But because of free will, people – self-conscious beings – have the opportunity to rebel. This is an inevitable consequence of free will. So the reality is that God and the spiritual beings in higher realms never created any imperfect beings. They created self-conscious beings that were created in the immaculate concept and were given free will, so that they have the opportunity to co-create their identity according to their own choices.

How is it then possible that such a being can fall? Well, it is possible because as a consequence of free will, there must be the possibility to go against the will of God. And what enables you to stay one with the will of God, with the law of God, is the Christ consciousness, where you see yourself as one with your own higher being, going all the way up to the Creator. And in that oneness, you would never even dream of going beyond God’s law. Instead, you express your creativity and your free will within the framework of God’s Law, whereby you raise up all life.

Yet in order for free will to be complete, in order for there to be the opportunity to go against God’s Law, the Christ consciousness must have an opposite, which is the consciousness of anti-Christ. Now, please do not fall into the illusion of thinking that the consciousness of anti-christ is somehow necessary in order for the Christ to be complete. The Christ consciousness is completely self-sufficient and does not need an opposite polarity. The Christ mind does not need an enemy to fight because the Christ mind is above and beyond duality.

God needs no opposite. And therefore, evil is not the opposite polarity of God. Likewise, Christ needs no opposite. And therefore the mind of anti-christ is not an opposite polarity of the mind of Christ. It is simply outside of the mind of Christ. It is outside of the oneness of the mind of Christ, removed from the oneness of the mind of Christ. And although this removal, this separation, is only an illusion, those who step into the sphere of the consciousness of anti-christ will think the separation is real, possibly even created by God.

So what makes it possible for an angel in a previous sphere to become a fallen angel? Well, it is that the angel refuses to step up to the point of becoming self-sufficient. And that, of course, is the point of Christhood, the point of Christhood where you know the kingdom of God is within you. And therefore, you are a complete and whole and self-sufficient being, who can be the sun that radiates light from within itself, because it is your God Flame, out of which you came, that radiates through you.

And this is the real definition of Christhood—that you are a spiritual sun, s-u-n. And thereby you become what has been known as the son, s-o-n, of God. Because now you know you are the offspring of God and you identify yourself as such. Yet those lifestreams in higher realms, who refused to step up to that level of Christhood, had no other way to go than to separate themselves from Christhood. And when the sphere in which they lived was raised in vibration, then they had to step away from Christhood and they had to step into the realm of duality, the realm of anti-Christ.

In the realm of duality, there is any number of states of consciousness that have been created. All of these states of consciousness were unreal. Originally, of course, they did not exist. But as beings have fallen and entered into that state of consciousness, then they have created a certain state of consciousness, a certain world view, a certain momentum that has then gradually transcended any one individual and has taken on a life of its own as a mass entity, as a conglomerate of consciousness.

What makes it possible for a being to fall is that it steps outside of the Christ consciousness and steps into that consciousness, a certain consciousness, that exists in the realm of duality. And it starts looking at the world from inside that consciousness. It starts identifying itself with that consciousness. For as we have explained, the core of a self-conscious being with free will is the Conscious You, the conscious self which is the seat of free will and the seat of identity. And thus, it has the ability to either identify itself as the offspring of God or identify itself as a being who is rebelling against God.

Te conscious self is not a fallen angel—it simply is not possible. It is an individualization of God. Yet if the conscious self steps into that mold, that role, that state of consciousness, then it identifies itself as a fallen angel or as a being with a certain state of consciousness – whether it has the concept of a fallen angel or not – it identifies itself with that state of consciousness. And it expresses that in the material realm or wherever it appears. So it thinks that it could not be more than that consciousness. And therefore, it becomes stuck in that consciousness.

Judgment is the hallmark of the fallen consciousness

My point for this long discourse is to bring you to the realization, that when people are stuck in one of these dualistic states of consciousness, it is inevitable that they begin to become very critical and judgmental toward those who are not stuck in their states of consciousness. And that is why my point here is that if you look at people, perhaps even dare to look at yourself, and say, “Do I feel a need to criticize others? Do I feel a need to judge others? Do I feel a need to evaluate others? Can I identify that in the back of my mind there is always a voice, there is always a process, of criticizing, of judging, of evaluating everything, of comparing to some standard that I am not even consciously aware of? Can I recognize in myself that there is a tendency, sometimes, to blame—to blame myself, to blame others, to criticize, to condemn, to judge, to look for imperfections, instead of looking at the immaculate concept.”

My point here is to show you that too many spiritual people have not been willing to step up to the level of Christhood. They have instead become stuck in one of the states of consciousness that were originally created and reinforced by the fallen angels. And therefore, they have become judgmental and critical of anything that is different from that state of consciousness and its characteristics.

They are constantly judging and evaluating anything that comes to them. Because it is as if they have a mental box, and any idea that comes to them must somehow fit into that box and be put into a little drawer with a label on it, so they feel that they have the idea under control and so that their egos will not feel threatened by the idea. And so that the people themselves, the conscious selves, will not feel an urge to go beyond the mental box, to think outside the box.

What I want you to see from this discourse is that even if you have a very sophisticated vision of the spiritual side of life and have a sophisticated outer understanding of the teachings of the ascended masters, it is still possible that you can be stuck in a state of consciousness that is not the ascended master consciousness but is the consciousness of the fallen angels. Whether you actually fell from above, or whether you descended on a rescue mission, or whether you evolved from the earth, it does not really matter. What matters is that as long as you are in a state of consciousness that has the characteristics of the fallen consciousness – the judgmentalness, the judging after appearances as Jesus said – as long as you are in that state of consciousness, you are not expressing your Christhood. And therefore, you are truly not an ascended master student. You are not truly a student of El Morya because you are refusing to become MORE.

And instead of you becoming MORE, and constantly transcending yourself, you have accepted an upper limit. And now you are spending your attention on judging others whom you think do not live up to your standard, the standard that you have used to box yourself in—and your ego is now using to try to control everybody else and box them in, so that they will not disturb your vision by demonstrating that there is something beyond the box.

We would like to see all of our students move on towards their Christhood, instead of using our outer teachings to create a box that prevents them from reaching that Christhood. And instead, they become stuck in the consciousness of the fallen angels, so that even though they deny that they could be fallen angels, they are in reality acting like fallen angels, while justifying these actions and this judgmentalness with the teachings of the ascended masters. My Beloved, this is such a travesty that I can barely express my discontent for it.

Enough is enough!

I say into the collective consciousness of the planet, “Enough is enough!
I, El Morya, have had enough!” And it is time that my students around the world, those who claim to have any affiliation with El Morya, step beyond this nonsense, this illusion, and realize that I am not an angry and judgmental master. I am a firm master. I am a strong master. I am a direct master. But I am not angry, judgmental or revengeful. I do not judge anyone. I do not judge the people who judge others. And the people that I am talking about, I do not judge you at all. I have nothing but love for you.

But my love is the strong love of the Father who says, “It is time to grow up!” It is time to stand on your own two feet and come into your Christhood. For I, Morya, have need of you. I have need of you to rise to that Christhood and bear witness to the reality of self-transcendence, the reality of the spiritual path that you can go beyond the consciousness of the fallen ones. And you can stop judging and you can Be in the River of Life and flow with that River of Life and Be One in your Christhood, Be One in the Body of God on earth. So that the outer organizations and the outer labels no longer matter because you know that beyond these outer conditions you are one in that body of God.

Ah, my beloved, the consciousness of judgmentalness is what causes spiritual people all over the planet to create their own little sphere, their own little box, and say, “We have the right teaching. We have the highest teaching. We have the highest guru. And therefore we are better than others. And we are saved and these other people must come into our box in order to be saved.” So, you have a situation in the New Age, spiritual communities today, where the forces of this world do not have to come in and use their divide-and-conquer tactic, for the people have already divided themselves. All that is left is for the false teachers to conquer.

It is time you realize that there is a universal spiritual path behind all outer teachings, gurus and organizations. And this is the path that we need humankind to discover in this age. And the essence of that path is self-transcendence. And this is what we need you to demonstrate to the world—that it is possible to transcend, to transcend the consciousness of judgmentalness that causes people and civilizations to stagnate until they start falling apart from within. Heed my words! Raise your vision! Look beyond your current box. And first of all, stop thinking that I El Morya can fit in any of the boxes created by any earthly  organization. I do not fit into any box, for I am forever the MORE. Dare to become the MORE and discover, or rediscover, the real, living I AM THAT I AM El Morya.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Are you awake?

TOPICS:  The key to freedom in not the ascension – Nirvana is not annihilation – The double illusion – Deliver the Living Word – Overcome the focus on self – Beware of the ego trap of turning the path into a struggle – You cannot lose by sharing your light – How to become awake – Progressive revelation –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, October 20, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

The Buddha I AM. Gautama was my name when I walked the earth. And though I still answer to that name, I have a higher name that I shall one day reveal to you, when you are ready to receive it because you have attained a higher integration with your own inner name, your own higher being that you are.

My Beloved, after I had entered Nirvana and had returned to the material universe to preach, I encountered three men who were struck by my peaceful radiance. They were struck by my God Flame radiating its light through my outer form. And so they asked me several questions about what I was. Was I a God, an angel and other questions. Who among you know the answer I gave them. What did I say to them when they asked, “What are you?” [Audience answers, “I am awake!”] That is right. I simply said, “I AM awake!” So my beloved, what do we of the ascended masters want to see for our students in embodiment? [Audience answers, “For us to be awake!”]

That is right. We want you to be awake as we have become awake. Whether we attained that sense of awareness after we ascended or while we were still in physical embodiment, you have the potential to become awake while you are still on earth. And therefore, you can become free of the state of illusion, the state of sleepwalking through life, whereby you feel that life is a treadmill, where you go around and around and you never seem to get anywhere. And life seems to have no purpose or deeper meaning or direction. Look at humankind and ask yourself the question, “How many people on this planet are even somewhat awake, to the point where they are consciously aware that as they go through their daily lives they are more than that?” And thus, because of that awareness they have a deeper appreciation for life.

When you are awake, the essential realization is that you are more than these outer manifestations. You are more than your outer situation. You are more than your physical body. You are more than your lower mind, your outer personality that has been shaped by this world. You are more than this. And what happens when you know that you are more? Well, you are not fully identified with this world, with your lower being and the outer personality, even the ego. And when you are not fully identified with it, your mind is not trapped in the mental box created by the ego. And thus, at least once in awhile, you can step outside that mental box and look at life from a broader perspective. You can look at the big picture. You can see the forest instead of pounding your head against one tree trunk.

The key to freedom in not the ascension

And this, of course, is the key to freedom. The key to freedom is not that you leave behind this physical body for good in the process of the ascension. My Beloved, are you awake? Did you hear what I said? The key to freedom is not that you leave the material universe behind in the process of the ascension. It would seem I am contradicting earlier teachings, in which we of the ascended masters did focus on the ascension as the goal of life. So why do I now say that the ascension is not the key to freedom? Because you cannot ascend unless you are awake.

And becoming awake is not a mechanical process that can be obtained by following certain outer rules or doctrines or rituals. It is a creative process that can be attained only through awareness that becomes internalized and therefore results in the ultimate LIFE decision. A decision that is not produced by you, that is not willed into being, but a decision that comes spontaneously from within because one day you decide that you are willing to be awake. You are willing to go beyond the state of consciousness that you have been in so far. You are willing to rise to that higher state of awareness, where part of your attention, part of your being, part of your sense of self is always outside your current situation, is always looking at the big picture, looking from a broader perspective. And therefore never looking at life fully from inside the mental box of the ego.

This is not an awareness that will come spontaneously. It is not a matter of meditating X hours a day for X number of years. It is not a matter of doing any other ritual. It is an awareness that must come ultimately from within. But it is an awareness that can be cultivated by your willingness to always look beyond the immediate situation, to always look beyond the current box of the ego, so that you do not identify fully with that box and become trapped in it.

This awareness of being fully awake is what we desire to see for all of you. And the reason for this is that we have become awake, we have become free, and thus we want all of you to attain that same freedom, that same joy, that same state of bliss. This is the peace that passeth understanding, the bliss that is beyond any outer conditions. For it does not depend on any conditions in this world, for you realize that the key to bliss is to connect to the source of bliss. And the source of bliss is not found in the material world. It is found in your own higher being, from which the source of life itself comes for you.

Nirvana is not annihilation

My Beloved, you were not created with no purpose. Life is not a treadmill. I am fully aware that some of my followers – or those who claim to be followers of the Buddha – have created a world view that they claim is based on my teachings, a world view that states that life is just a process of being created, of rising to the level of the Buddha consciousness and then merging back into, disappearing back into, Nirvana where you are obliterated. Well, it is a fiction of the human imagination, for Nirvana is not annihilation. It is a higher state of life that most people on earth cannot fathom. And therefore, to them it might seem that when you enter Nirvana, you disappear. But you only disappear from the sight of those who are not awake, who have not risen above duality.

You see, the teachings given by Mother Mary and Jesus on the ego and the duality consciousness are indeed the quintessential teachings for the Aquarian Age. For humankind is ready to recognize the existence of the ego. And they are ready – with some serious coaching – to understand the concept of duality and how it influences your thinking, how it blinds you to reality, how it binds you to this treadmill of always fighting some opposing force, never being able to reach your goal, never being able to break through and get where you want to be in life.

And the reason is that you have been fooled by the ego and the prince of this world to believe that your bliss is in this world. And thus, you have been told to follow your bliss and seek it in this world. For in order to attain it – they say – you have to overcome this opposing force. And so you get locked into this battle of fighting against the opposite duality. And this is a battle that can go on indefinitely—until you run out of time.

For when you are engaged in this battle, you are indeed creating your own opposition. You are polarized to one of the dualistic extremes, you are unbalanced, you are off the middle way. And in that imbalance, you create the opposition to your every effort because you project an unbalanced view into the cosmic mirror. And the mirror has no choice but to project an unbalanced material circumstance back to you as a result.

So being awake truly means that you realize the mechanics of the dualistic struggle, and that you decide that you will raise your awareness so that you become aware of the dualistic forces in your own being, the forces that divide you against yourself, that divide your lower being against your own higher being. And thus, in this division, you create those circumstances that oppose your goals.

And in a sense, this is a grace, for it is a safety mechanism built into the material universe. It is simply designed to make sure that when you go out of balance, when you go off the middle way, your imbalance creates an opposing force that seeks to pull you back to balance. So the further you go into one extreme – the harder you push to get to that goal that you have set for yourself – the more you create the opposition that opposes your effort and seeks to pull you back to center.

The double illusion

But, of course, you do not see it that way. You do not see that the material universe is providing a service to you by seeking to counteract your imbalance. Nay, you allow your ego to tell you that the universe is opposing what is your right—your right to be free and do whatever you want, regardless of the material universe, the law of balance. Not only do you create an imbalance that creates an opposition, nay you then rebel against the opposition that you created, projecting that it was not created by you but by some external force, be it the devil or by other people.

Now you are fighting two battles. And out of two battles will spring a third battle, and out of the three battles will spring a fourth. And pretty soon you are so enveloped in all these dualistic battles, that you have no attention left over to step back and say, “Might there be a better way? Might there be a middle way? Might it be possible to step off the treadmill of fighting dualistic battles and find a way to go beyond this struggle?”

This is the message of my life, where I first – growing up – lived a material, worldly life, then jumped to the opposite extreme of living in a forest, torturing myself and my physical body because I thought my physical body was the enemy and that I had to discipline and control it. The true reality that most Buddhists have not yet understood is that I truly realized that my body and the material world was not the enemy of my spiritual growth. I saw the enemy, and it was me, my lower being, my ego, my attachments, my expectations that life should be a certain way.

So what we truly desire to see for our students in this age is that you come into this awareness and rise above the dualistic struggle in your own being. But we desire to see this not simply for your own sake, not simply for your liberation or for your own bliss—we desire to see it because in this age we have a need for those who are willing to demonstrate the spiritual path for others.

Well, how do you demonstrate the spiritual path for others? The ultimate way is not to lecture or preach by giving them an outer intellectual teaching. No, the ultimate way is to be who you are, to be awake so that you can radiate the light that you are. This does not mean that you need to be silent, for, truly, I also gave teachings. I did not simply say “I AM awake” and let that be it. But when I gave those teachings, I did not give them the way they appear today, twenty-five hundred years later, where they have been written down and translated and retranslated and transcribed and retranscribed, and thus have been somewhat diluted, as any teaching that passes through the minds of many unenlightened human beings.

Deliver the Living Word

No, what I gave was the Living Word that was endowed with my God flame, with my Inner Being. We desire all of you to be able to deliver that Living Word. And I do not mean that you have to stand here in front of a group of people and give a dictation from us. I mean that as you speak to people, whether in a lecture situation or one-on-one, you are speaking freely from your Inner Being. You are letting your light flow so that the words are not the essence, the words are simply chalices for the light.

The words carry the Light, and they enter the other persons’ energy fields and uplift them and transform them. And they are suddenly awakened to the realization that there is an alternative to the state of consciousness of sleepwalking through life, because they see in you something more. They see you are awake, you are excited, you are enthusiastic, you are being who you are, you are at peace. They sense your bliss, and they say, “I want that!” And then you can tell them, “You can have it. And if you want a suggestion, here is the path I have followed. Your path will be different, but at least you have a starting point.”

All of you who are willing to study and internalize these teachings have the potential to reach that state of radiating your inner light of being the example of the spiritual path, the path of self-transcendence, the path of becoming more. Truly, we of the ascended masters are able to raise the vibration of a forcefield. And this is one of the reasons we give dictations that are an expression of the Living Word. But you too can do this. You too can be the open door for raising the vibration, for quickening other people, raising their consciousness, so they realize that there really is more to life. And if he can find it, if she can find it, maybe I can too.

For as we have said before, Jesus, Gautama, Krishna, Maitreya, Mother Mary, Saint Germain, El Morya, we are not the best examples for people, because they have already put us on a pedestal and think we are beyond the scope of normal human beings. And thus, they don’t think that they can follow our examples. And that is why we need you to demonstrate the path so that they can identify with you, be awakened, be inspired, be uplifted by your mere presence. For it is the presence, the I AM Presence, that uplifts, that raises up, that accelerates, that multiplies so that your talents are multiplied and you become more.

So my beloved, we of the ascended masters have need of you to be our counterparts in the material realm, to be our spiritual twin flames that you can be the open door here below, that our greater light can shine through and uplift those who have not yet seen that there is an alternative to sleepwalking through life, through living for three-score and ten without ever experiencing a moment of awareness, of being awake and truly appreciating what life is.

Overcome the focus on self

Yet as Mother Mary said, for you to reach that state, you must overcome the focus on self, on the little self, the narrow self, the self in the box. You must cultivate a greater love. You must find your greatest love, the love for which you came here originally—the gift that you wanted to bring to earth. The gift that you simply desired to express, and your desire is so strong – your love for that gift is so strong – that you were willing to come here to express that gift.

You must, if you are willing to be awake, reconnect to that greater love and let that love grow, so that it will become a magnet that simply pulls you out of that normal state of drudgery, of sleepwalking. And you are awake because you love to be awake, you love to feel that light flowing through you. You love to see it uplift other people. You love to feel that you are a part of the ascended masters and our endeavor to raise the consciousness of humankind.

Beware of the ego trap of turning the path into a struggle

There are of course many traps that the ego has devised for preventing you from reconnecting to your greater love. And one of the more subtle ones is to set up an unrealistic expectation for what the spiritual path should be like, and thereby cause you to pursue spiritual growth in an unbalanced manner, whereby, as I said, you create your own opposition. Your spiritual path, instead of becoming a process of greater and greater liberation, becomes an ongoing struggle that becomes harder and harder, until you finally break under the strain and give up and say, “I never want to have anything to do with that again.”

If you will be honest, you will see that many spiritual people have gone through this process—have broken under the strain and have given up on the spiritual path. Or they have decided that this is the level where I am comfortable and this is the level where I am willing to serve, but I am not willing to go beyond it. Some of these people have an expression that you will hear many times, if you listen. And that expression is, “I don’t need another messenger. I don’t need another guru. I don’t need another spiritual organization. I don’t want to go through all that again.”

Well, my beloved, we of the ascended masters fully agree with the “never again” sentiment. For we do not desire anyone to repeat such a cycle of turning the spiritual path into a struggle. We do not desire to see anyone repeat their mistakes. Yet I must tell you that behind the statement, “I don’t need another messenger, guru, organization or teaching,” behind that statement is what both Mother Mary and I have talked about: the self-centeredness, the focus on self.

Listen to the statement: “I don’t need.” It is all about “I,” it is all about “me.” For these people have become self-centered. And the goal of their spiritual path, of their involvement with a spiritual movement, was not to rise above self-centeredness and come into service to all life. No, their goal was to glorify the lesser self, to justify the lesser self, and to attain something that made them seem better than others because they had done these spiritual things.

If you are willing to be honest, you will see that self-centeredness is the real enemy of spiritual growth. But there is no guarantee that by following an outer spiritual teaching – even a teaching that is true and given by the ascended masters – there is no guarantee that this outer teaching will take you beyond self-centeredness. Because the only thing that will take you beyond is the decision that you are willing to come above it, you are willing to be awake.

You have a right to BE on earth

Surely, you will be rejected by some. Surely you will be condemned by others. Surely you will be told that you are not allowed to do this, you are not allowed to be loving and kind, you are not allowed to be in peace, you are not allowed to be happy, you are not allowed to be in bliss. Who do you think you are in this world, where everything is so serious and life is such a drudgery that you can come here and radiate this peace and love and light—and thereby disturb those who are so identified with the dualistic struggle that they have convinced themselves that there is no alternative. And here you come and radiate this love and they realize that there is an alternative, but in order to attain that love they have to give up their mental boxes.

And so, they will resent you. But my beloved, that is part of the test. For it was because you let other people cause you to stop your light from shining that you left off the true path of self-transcendence, the path of becoming more. And thus, many of you who are the spiritual people are once again facing that initiation.

Will you let other people – whether it be your family or those that used to be your peers in a spiritual organization, or the world at large – will you let them stop from you from letting your light shine? Or will you finally become that sun and let your light shine, no matter what the world thinks about it or says about it. For after all, you, no matter what the world says, you have a right to be on earth and to BE on earth all that you are Above, to let that light shine, to bear witness to your truth.

Do you hear me? You have a right to Be the Christ, to Be the Buddha, to Be your God Flame. You have an absolute God-given right. And those who oppose you and want you not to disturb them have no right to make that claim. For they have violated their free will and they seek to pull others into that violation.

Free will does not give you the right to destroy others. And that is precisely what those who are trapped in the consciousness of the fallen angels will not realize. They have no right whatsoever to kill those who bear witness to the light. Nor do they have a right to kill them emotionally and cause them to shut off their light or feeling so bad about themselves that they dare not express anything beyond the ordinary.

You see, you have a right to Be here. You have a right to disturb other people. And they have a right to be disturbed so that they are forced to face the choice—to Be or not to Be. And even if they deny it – the denial of Being, the Being they see in you – it will do something, it will start a process in their Beings. And I must tell you that in many cases a soul encountering a person with spiritual light and denying that light will not forget that experience for many embodiments. And the experience will come back and haunt that person until finally the person is willing to look at why it felt so angry. And then, in looking at this, many people have risen above it and have come up higher and have started the spiritual path, just because sometime in the near or distant past they encountered one person who dared to express their light.

You cannot lose by sharing your light

So you are planting seeds. And sometimes the seeds have to stay under ground for a very long time before they germinate and sprout. And some of the seeds do fall on barren ground and never have the opportunity to sprout. But I tell you that no encounter you have, where you let your light shine, is for naught. For if nothing else, regardless of the reaction of the other people, when you express your light with love, with non-attachment, you close the figure-eight flow. And your light will be multiplied and you will receive more light from your I AM Presence that will make the sun of your heart shine even brighter.

When you are Being who you are, when you are expressing your light with non-attachment, without imposing any intellectual reasoning or rules or restrictions upon it, then you can never cast your light before swine. You can never waste that light. For the light that is given with purity of love cannot return to you with any lower vibration, regardless of what other people do, regardless of them misqualifying some of the light you give them. That is their choice. That is their karma. If your intention is pure, you will not make negative karma. You will make positive karma and have your light multiplied. For truly, God is not an unfair taskmaster. God does not punish you for doing good deeds, when those good deeds are done selflessly and with non-attachment.

There does come a state, where you reach a certain freedom, a certain willingness to be who you are, where you transcend the level of duality, the level where you can make mistakes, where some actions are right and some are wrong. Instead, you rise to a level, a higher level, of right that is not in opposition to wrong. And thus, your actions simply cannot be mistakes, no matter what happens in the outer. The action of sharing your light, of letting your light shine, cannot be a mistake. For you have cast your bread upon the waters, and it shall not return unto you void, but it shall return unto you multiplied by your own I AM Presence and by the ascended masters—out of whose beings you are an extension.

How to become awake

My Beloved, becoming awake is not a matter of finding the philosopher’s stone or some secret formula. It is a process, and the essence of that process is self-observation, the willingness to look at yourself, to look at the beam in your own eye, instead of focusing on the mote, the splinter, in the eye of another. For when you are willing to observe yourself without attachments, without seeking to see only what your ego wants you to see, then you have already started separating yourself from the ego and its illusions.

And this separation is the key to a greater awareness, a greater self-awareness, whereby you realize that you are more than that little self that lives in this small box and is so focused on itself and thinks the rest of the universe should be here to serve it. Instead, you see beyond it and you start seeing glimpses of the Higher Self that you are. And that will reconnect you to the higher love that you are and for which you came to earth.

And suddenly you will start realizing that although life can have its ups and downs, behind these outer appearances is a deeper reality. And in that deeper reality life on earth is an incredible opportunity, an incredible gift. An incredible opportunity to express yourself, your creativity, your inner being and to uplift others, to re-polarize an entire planet to the highest vision of God.

Take some time once in awhile out of your busy daily schedule and contemplate what a wondrous opportunity you have by being in a physical body in this material universe. Look beyond your daily situation. Look beyond your challenges. I know that they sometimes are severe, or at least seem to have a certain reality. But once in awhile look beyond them and see that behind every challenge is an opportunity for self-transcendence. And when you look for that self-transcendence, then you will not think that you are the doer who has to solve all of these problems, that you know you cannot solve with your outer mind. Instead, you will immerse yourself in the flow, whereby the light of your I AM Presence will flow through you, and that light will then dissolve those problems that seem like insurmountable obstacles to the outer mind.

And thus, when you take time to appreciate life, then life will become easier to appreciate. And then your life will no longer be the drudgery of the dualistic battle against forces that oppose you at every turn. Your life will become what we all desire to see for you, an upward spiral leading to greater and greater freedom, until you finally break through and achieve that complete non-attachment that is the true key to peace and bliss.

Progressive revelation

I, as all of us, have much more to say. For we of the ascended masters are in the River of Life. And in the River of Life self-transcendence is endless, is beyond limit. And thus, our teachings can keep transcending themselves and going beyond the former expressions. You see, my beloved, it is not the outer teaching that is important. It is the flow of light through the outer teaching that is important. Do not turn our outer teachings into graven images, that you hold on to in a misplaced loyalty of thinking you have to remain loyal to the ascended masters by sticking to an outer teaching that we ourselves have transcended.

How can you be loyal to us by holding on to the past? The only way to be loyal to us is to move on with us, to transcend yourself, to become more as we are becoming more. Whether you do this through an outer teaching, whether you are inspired by outer messengers, or whether you do it through a completely internal process – where you yourself receive the Living Word in your own heart – the important thing is to flow.

We of the ascended masters cannot be put into any mental box created by the human ego or by any person in this world. We never have fit into those mental boxes—and we never will! Look at our lives. Buddhism did not appear out of nowhere. Buddhism was my attempt to shake up the mental box created by Hinduism, which had locked people into a rigid outer framework that denied their freedom to Be. Jesus’ life was an attempt to shake the mental box of Judaism and shake the Jews out of their self-created mental boxes, that they had created based on the teachings and the example of Abraham and Moses, who were both willing to go beyond their mental boxes and leave behind the old and reach for the promised land—which is not a physical land but a state of consciousness.

How hard can it be to figure out that everything in a spiritual teaching is a symbol for a higher reality? How difficult is it to understand this one truth and therefore escape that momentum, that planetary momentum, of focusing on the outer word rather than reaching beyond those words to the Spirit of Truth, the Living Buddha, the Living Christ, rather than the dead Buddha and the dead Christ that have been encapsulated in words or images that are not changing?

This, my beloved, is the one truth that we desire all of humankind, at least the top ten percent of the most spiritual people, to understand—that there is a deeper reality beyond the outer expression, that there is a spiritual truth beyond the outer expression of truth. If you want a suggestion for your life’s mission, then make that your life’s mission—to get that truth out and to help everyone you encounter see that there is more than that outer expression. And the more is to reach for the Spirit of truth until you become one with that Spirit, your own higher being, and therefore become the open door so that the Spirit can flow through your words.

Make that your goal in life—to become the open door for the Spirit of truth, or the Spirit of Love, or the Spirit of Peace, or the Spirit of Divine Direction, or the Spirit of any God quality for which you have that greater love that propelled you into the material universe to express it and bring that gift to uplift everyone and raise them above that state of non-awareness, that state that Jesus called death, which is spiritual death.

Recognizing that you are still in a physical body which has some serious issues with hard chairs, I shall restrain myself from further discourse and simply say, there was not one ascended being in heaven who did not look upon your interchange this afternoon without feeling a great sense of joy. For in the freeness of your expression, your togetherness, you attained that state that was there in Maitreya’s Mystery school and was that state of togetherness that is the true key to learning, to growing, to coming up higher.

So we looked upon this gathering with great joy. And we look forward to the coming days. And we hope you can maintain that Spirit which was – when you think about it – a spirit of the innocence of the child. If you can all become as little children, then Jesus will appear and talk to you on Sunday. For he says, “Let the children come to me and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of God.” So be willing to come into that child-like innocence of being open to a higher truth, an inner direction for your personal life and what service your own higher being desires to render to humankind through you. Thus, I bid you, good night!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

The master key to growth is integration between your Higher and lower Being

TOPICS:  Understanding the role of your heart chakra – Why spiritual people do not reach their highest potential – The basic burden of the heart – The quintessential serpentine lie – The serpentine plot – Knowing your own higher will – The higher truth about discipline – Why are you on earth? – Attaining integration – The trap of self-centeredness –


Ascended Master Mother Mary, October 20, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

I come as the representative on the Divine Mother on earth. Mary, you have known me as, but I am far more than you have ever known through the Christian tradition. Which has denied my rightful role from the very beginning, by relegating me to a place that was considered fit for women in those days, when women were considered unfit for any spiritual position or office—as they, of course, still are in many of the religions of the world.

So my beloved, I come to bring you an assignment that we of the ascended masters desire to see happen at this conference, at this gathering. For we have a mighty work prepared for you. And we know that God in you is up to the task. So the question is, “Will you let God in you be the doer for this class?” [Audience affirms: “I will!”] So I thank you for that affirmation.

And I want to draw your attention to the drawing next to me. There is a lower figure, a semi-circle, that represents a chalice with the opening turned upward. That figure represents you, who are in physical embodiment. There is an upper figure, a chalice with the opening turned down, and that figure represents us, the ascended masters. We are ready to pour the light and the direction and the teachings into your chalice here below, so that this conference, as every conference we give and have ever given, can fulfill its highest potential by establishing a figure-eight flow between you here below and us above. And thus, when that figure-eight flow is established, we can have the maximum potential for any spiritual conference.

Why spiritual people do not reach their highest potential

We of the ascended masters have sponsored many gatherings of people throughout the last hundred years and more. We have often had great gatherings and great success. But I must tell you that in the vast majority of cases, we failed to establish the complete figure-eight flow between the people below and us Above. And why did we fail to achieve this ultimate goal? Well, it was because the people below were not able to come into oneness with us Above. And why were they not able to come into this oneness? Because they did not have the sufficient teachings on the human ego, and they did not have the vision of how necessary it is to overcome that ego and come into oneness with your own higher being, so that you can be the open door here below for your own higher being which is one with the ascended masters above.

This is not necessarily because the people were deficient in any way, but because times were not ready for that higher teaching to be brought into physical manifestation, where anyone could find it, either through a book, or now through the internet. Yet times are now ready and that is why we have indeed – through my book on the Master Keys and through Jesus’ teachings on the ego and book by Maitreya – we have determined to bring out the teachings that can once and for all raise the spiritual people on earth to the full clarity of what is going on in the religious life, the spiritual life, on this planet. So that they can finally see why so many spiritual and religious movements, even though they have had great progress and great teachings and great hearts, have so often failed to reach their highest potential and make the essential difference in the world.

And my beloved, the reason why there has always been a gap is that people have not fully understood the importance of the ego and the importance of the heart. And that is why the purpose of this conference is to help you understand the central role that the heart holds in your being, so that during this conference you can do a mighty work for the clearing of the hearts of the top ten percent of the most spiritual people on this planet. So that they can come into alignment with their own higher beings, with their own higher purpose, and thereby become that unstoppable force that will bring the light of God into the physical octave, where it will consume and push back all the darkness, all the illusions, that are preventing this earth from rising into the Golden Age that Saint Germain has envisioned, a vision that he has held for this planet for a very, very long time.

The role of the heart

What is the role of the heart in your being? Well, the heart is the center of your lower being. And therefore it is the open door between your higher and your lower being. It is through the heart that the light and the wisdom and the divine direction from your higher self must enter your lower being. It cannot happen through the head. It does not matter how sophisticated an intellectual understanding you have of spiritual concepts. It does not matter that you know every letter of the outer law. For as the lawyers and the scribes and the Pharisees proved 2,000 years ago, you can have any amount of outer knowledge and understanding, yet you are not able to recognize the Living Christ when he stands before you in the flesh. And thus, you reject him and crucify him because you feel threatened by his mere presence, by the light and by the teaching he brings. Because you see that it will overturn the old order, and you are not willing to give up that comfortability.

Those who had the power back then rejected my Jesus and crucified him rather than give up their comfortability and their old beliefs. And why were they not willing to even see that Jesus was the Christ? Why were they not willing to follow him? It was because their hearts were hardened. And thus, they were not able to get out of their heads and into their hearts, to feel the love that they could have felt when they were in the presence of the Living Christ. For truly, all who are in the presence of the Living Christ have the potential to sense the ultimate, the unconditional, love that the Living Christ radiates in this world.

Yet for that to happen, their hearts must have a certain amount of purity, a certain amount of openness, so that they are willing to tune in and feel what is going on in their hearts. For as the disciples said, as they met Jesus on the road and did not recognize him, “Did not our hearts burn within us.” And this is the sign that you are in the presence of the Living Christ—that your heart is burning.

But if you are too much in your head, as the disciples were, being distraught over Jesus’ disappearance and crucifixion, then you cannot recognize what comes to you in your heart or you cannot interpret that burning. Sometimes you can even think with your head that the burning in your heart is the sense that there is something wrong. Perhaps that there is even something dark, and you do not recognize it for what it is—the love fires in your heart that are simply burning away the hardness of your heart.

And thus, it is not the burning or the love that is wrong, but the hardness that is being consumed. Yet if you are so identified with the hardness that you cannot just let it go, then you can be afraid to let it go, to let it burn, because you do not know what you will have after it leaves. Yet what you will have is the unconditional love of God. And I tell you, it is a good bargain, compared to what is in most people’s hearts today.

The basic burden of the heart

Thus, my beloved, other masters will surely give other teachings on the heart. But I will give you the basic teaching that you need to know and need to understand in order to clear the heart and be that figure-eight flow between your Higher and lower being.

There are many things that burden the heart. There are many things that can cloud the heart. But the essence of all of these things is simply this: selfishness, self-centeredness, a focus on the lower self, not just the ego, but even beyond the ego. Your lower self can become so focused on itself that it does not have any attention left over to direct toward the higher self Above or direct out to see how it can help people in the world and how it can help bring about the vision of God for this world.

And when there is not that vision to tune in both Above and below, to look beyond the self both Above and below, then how can there be a figure-eight flow in your being? Because you will shut off most of the light and the divine direction that comes to you from above. You will not want the light to disturb you, to disturb your ego and it’s sense of comfortability that comes from having you under its control. Neither will you want to follow the divine direction because it might require you to do something different than what you have imagined you should be doing with your life.

And thus, you will not even hear the divine direction that flows to you all the time. You will color it by the outer mind, by your expectations. And those expectations, if you will analyze them, are all centered around the ego and the sense of identity as being a separate being in the material world.

The quintessential serpentine lie

Now, my beloved, if you will analyze what caused the fall of most human beings on earth, you will realize that it was that they all came to believe in the quintessential serpentine lie. And that lie is that God’s will is in opposition to your will, that God is a tyrant who is seeking to impose his will and his law upon you and in so doing wants to take away your free will and restrict your creativity.

This is the lie that in a disguised form was presented to Eve in the Garden of Eden. For had not Maitreya told her that if she ate of the forbidden fruit – which represents the consciousness of duality – that she would surely die. And did not the Serpent say that she would not surely die. But in fact, there was more than what was recorded in the Bible, because the Serpent made Eve believe that not only would she not die, but that she would find the real form of life, the life that God did not want her to have, the life that could only be found by rebelling against God’s Law and God’s Will. For the Serpent would have you believe that you can only have truly free will by going against God’s Will. And this impression has, of course, been reinforced by the main religions in the western world who are all so focused on the masculine aspect of God and deliberately deny the feminine aspect of God.

What has come down to the West, including through Christianity, is the whole idea that women were responsible for the fall of humankind. But the symbol behind that outer statement is that the feminine aspect of creation and the feminine aspect of your own being is responsible for your fall and for the fall of humankind. My Beloved, there is some truth to this. For the masculine aspect of your being is the spiritual self, your I AM Presence. And the feminine aspect is what I in my book have called the “Conscious You” or the conscious self.

The conscious self is what descends into the material world. It is the conscious self who is the co-creator with God, who is charged with multiplying its creative abilities and taking dominion over the earth. And it does so by building a sense of identity through which it expresses itself. And therefore, the identity or etheric body is the highest of your four lower bodies, and everything that follows in your lower bodies is colored by, is springing from, is the result of the sense of identity that you have built.

It was the Conscious You who made the decision to believe in the serpentine lie, to leave off of your oneness with God’s Will. Yet the reality is that it is also the feminine aspect of your being, your conscious self, who must make the decision – the only decision – that can bring you back into oneness, which is what Christian’s call salvation. For it is another serpentine lie that after you have separated yourself from your own higher being, there will be some outer savior, some outer religion, that will save you, who will do the work for you. And it is a lie that you cannot save yourself. This is the lie that Jesus challenged when he said, “The kingdom of God is within you.”

The serpentine plot

The lie that has been perpetrated now through the western religions for thousands of years is that the feminine aspect of your being is responsible for the Fall, is bad, can only make wrong choices and therefore must be disciplined and suppressed by—what? My Beloved, this is what religions do not tell you. They do not tell you that the feminine aspect of your being must be brought into alignment with the higher part of your being, the masculine part of your being. No, they say that the feminine aspect of your being must be controlled and disciplined and restricted by some external deity, an angry being in the sky. And thus, do you see the subtlety of the serpentine plot?

First, they get you to leave off from your oneness with your higher being by making it seem like your higher being is an external deity, who is a tyrant that is trying to impose his will upon you. And therefore, you should run away from that and exercise your free will in opposition to God’s “restrictive” laws. And then they create a set of religions in the western world who say that the only way to be saved is to submit yourself to the will of this external deity, which they first told you was a tyrant that was trying to take away your freedom.

They first get you to run away from the external God in the sky. And then they try to tell you that the only way to be saved is to submit yourself completely to that external being in the sky. So do you see that what has happened here is that they have attempted to create what we call a spiritual catch-22, where you are running away from something at the same time as another part of your being is feeling that it has to force itself to run towards that something?

And because you do not want to run toward the angry being in the sky, you do not want to submit yourself to the angry being in the sky and his external will, you are forever a house divided against itself. And thus, you cannot stand in the presence of the Living Christ. And thus, you cannot sense the presence of the Living Christ because you do not sense the burning in your heart, because the burning in your heart is so overshadowed by all the turmoil created by the divisions in your psyche. For that original division has mushroomed into many other divisions that take all kinds of shapes, in the form of all kinds of psychological problems or in the form of desires for the things of this world or the belief that following an outer religion and doing all its outer rituals and practices will save you.

And because of all these different things that are pulling you in so many different directions, you do not have the attention and the time to center in your heart. And that is why so many people in the world today cannot focus on the spiritual path, even though they have more free time than ever before. Yet their free time – which is Saint Germain’s gift to them so they can pursue the spiritual path – their free time is being eaten up by all these outer things, all these compulsions that they cannot let go of, simply because they are so divided that they do not realize they are being pulled in different directions.

And they can never see beyond all the surface divisions to see the central division that is behind it all – and that their egos and the prince of this world do not want them to see – because once you see that central division, you can then look beyond the outer divisions and go to the core, you can take the axe and cut the tree at the root instead of dealing with the branches. And once the tree comes tumbling down, the tree of anti-life, then there will be a clearing in your mind, and you will now see the Tree of Life, which is the tree of oneness rather than the tree of anti-life which is the tree of division.

Knowing your own higher will

So my beloved, as we have pointed out before in the Will of God rosary and in the introduction to that rosary, the key insight is to realize that God’s Will is not an external will—because God is not an external being. The being in the sky, the angry being in the sky that is seeking to impose his will upon you, is not real. That god, which is worshipped by the main western religions, Islam, Judaism and Christianity, does not exist. It is a product of the human mind, the mind that has fallen into duality and thus has created this false image of an angry being in the sky who is opposing the will of human beings.

In reality, this false god is only opposing the anti-will created by the mind of duality, the consciousness of anti-christ. And thus, the consciousness of anti-christ has created both the angry being in the sky and his opposite, the devil. And it has set up a conflict between them that is meant as a smokescreen to pull you into aligning yourself with the false god instead of realizing that the real God can never be an external deity. Because the real God is an internal God which is what Jesus told you when he said that the kingdom of God is within you.

Well, if the kingdom of God is within you, where is God? Is he not in his kingdom? So if the kingdom of God is within you and God is in his kingdom, then God must be within you. And that is why Jesus could attain the consciousness of saying, “I and my Father are one.” And that is why you too can attain that state of consciousness by letting the mind of Christ be in you, as it was in Jesus.

And this, of course, is the last thing that the prince of this world and the forces of this world want you to know. And that is why they have set up a false path. For the strategy of the prince of this world is to first create a problem and then set up the only solution to that problem. Only that solution can never solve the problem because that solution will not deal with the cause of the problem, which is separation.

You now have not only the traditional western religions, but even many newer religions and even many New Age movements, who are reinforcing this image of the external God and reinforcing the image that the only way to salvation is to follow an external path. And I am not here simply talking about being a member of an outer church and blindly following its doctrines and rituals. For that is only the lowest aspect of their strategy.

The more sophisticated aspect of their strategy is to catch the most spiritual people by causing them to follow a false path, a path that still reinforces the image that God is outside yourself and still reinforces the image that the real problem in your being is the feminine aspect of your being. And the feminine aspect caused the fall, and therefore the feminine aspect must be suppressed, disciplined, restricted, by that external deity and his law, stated through this or that religion and doctrine or even this or that New Age teaching.

The higher truth about discipline

Now, my beloved, as I said earlier, it has not in times past been possible to bring out the fullness of this teaching, for humankind was not ready for it. And even those who were conscious students of the ascended masters were not ready for it in the form that we are bringing it out now. And that is why, in the past we have even had to present an outer path. And part of that path has been teachings on the ego and the whole idea that you had to discipline yourself.

Please be sophisticated enough to realize that there is a necessity for spiritual people to discipline themselves. Because when you first find the spiritual path, your inner being, your inner space, can be in such turmoil by the divisions created by the ego that you simply do not have the attention to tune in to your heart or even read between the lines of an outer spiritual teaching. And therefore, you do need to go through a period of discipline, of training, of purification, where you still the mind until there is enough silence, there is enough open space, that a higher direction can enter your lower being. And this cannot happen except through discipline, where you are strong, where you are determined and where you follow a disciplined outer path.

I am not saying that all organizations or teachings that present a disciplined path are wrong. What I am saying is that following the path of outer discipline cannot lead you to the ultimate goal of spiritual growth. It can only lead you to a certain stage of the path. And the question then becomes, “Will you become stuck at that level or will you be able to transcend it and move beyond?” I must tell you that too many of those who have come in contact with spiritual teachings, have indeed gotten stuck at the crucial turning point. They have started feeling that because they were in this outer teaching, because they had followed all these outer disciplines, because they had given up this and given up that in the outer, they were surely spiritual people, they were sure to make their ascension. And thus, they could stay at that level, where they felt they had some sense of control, knowing what they were supposed to do.

But that level simply will not qualify you for the ascension, because you cannot enter the ascended realm as long as there is any division in your own being, as long as there is a division between your higher and lower being. So you see, you must come to a point where you have established stillness in the mind, in the heart. And therefore, you can now listen for the inner direction that tells you that it is time to come up higher, it is time to take another step, that you cannot remain where you are comfortable.

Those of you who have followed these teachings that we have brought forth through the websites, you have in some measure made that decision. Although all of you have not made it fully because it is a decision that has many layers and must be reinforced and continually taken to higher and higher levels. But you have all made a good start. And so what I am talking about here is a teaching that I am speaking into the mass consciousness. But I am also speaking into your outer consciousness that you may become more aware of this and then know what is your calling in life.

Why are you on earth?

Why did you descend to earth in this embodiment? For most of you who are on the spiritual path, it was not to pursue personal goals. It was not to pursue any self-centered desires. It was to do a work for the ascended masters in this age. And what is the greatest work you can do in this age? It is to demonstrate the spiritual path.

In the past, too many spiritual people from various organizations have been misled into another plot of the serpentine mind—of saying there is only one way to salvation. There is only one outer organization – teaching, messenger, or guru, or savior, or incarnation of God, or whatever it might be – who has the key to salvation. And thus, instead of promoting the spiritual path, the path of self-transcendence, they have thought that they had to promote a particular outer organization or teaching or messenger.

But that is not the case. Your highest love is to set people free. And humankind will not be set free by everyone coming into and becoming members of the same outer church or coming to believe the same outer doctrine. This is another lie that springs from the denial of the feminine aspect of being, which causes people to enter into black-and-white thinking or thinking that their religion is the only true one. For after all, if there is one God there can only be one religion—or so they reason.

The reality is, as I have said several times now in different disguises – and this is an idea that you need to ponder and internalize – the reality is that the masculine aspect of being – be it God the Father, be it God the Son in the form of the Christian portrayal of Jesus, be it Mohammed, be it whatever outer thing you can imagine and envision – the masculine aspect of being will not save you and cannot save you. For you came into the material realm to have dominion over the material aspect, the mother aspect of creation.

That is why you came, that is your calling. You came to have dominion and establish the figure-eight flow from Above to below and back. And until you fulfill that figure-eight flow, you cannot be saved or make your ascension or whatever you want to call it. So you see, the masculine aspect alone cannot save you. Neither can the feminine aspect alone save you. What can save you is the integration of the masculine and feminine aspect of your own being, so that you are no longer a house divided against itself, but you come into oneness. Your eye is single, you see with the vision of Christ.

And therefore, there is no division because your lower being is in perfect alignment with your higher being and there is a figure-eight flow of teaching, direction and light from your higher being to your lower being, which is then expressed to help others in order to co-create the kingdom of God. And in that expression, you close the circle, you close the gap, you close the figure-eight flow, so that the energies can flow back up. And when they flow back up – and only when they flow back up – can they be multiplied, as only those servants who multiplied their talents received the reward.

And only when you receive that return current, can you rise to a higher level. Only by continuing to rise to higher and higher levels, by continuing to be here below all that you are Above and to express here below all that you are Above, will you eventually rise to the level, where you simply leave behind the material octave. For your consciousness is now so high, that it cannot maintain a focus here anymore. And thus, you gladly and lovingly move on – out of your own free-will choosing – without missing anything on earth.

Attaining integration

For you to go through this integration between the masculine and feminine aspects of your being, the first thing you need to overcome is the serpentine lie of the external God. You need to realize that the true God is within you and that you are open to knowing the true God, who is your own higher being, your spiritual Self, your I AM Presence. And therefore, it does not make any sense whatsoever to say that God’s will could be in opposition to your own will. For when God is not an external deity, then his will is not an external will. It is the will of your self, of your own higher being.

And how can the will of yourself be in opposition to yourself? Well, it can be in opposition not in reality but only in the mind, because the lower part of your being, the conscious self, has come to identify itself as being separated from God, separated from your higher being. And therefore, you think there can be two wills in your being. But in reality there cannot be two wills in your real being. The only will that can be in opposition to your higher will is the will of the ego. It is only when the Conscious You identifies itself with the ego, that you can believe there is any opposition, that there is any division, any contradiction between your will and God’s will.

The will of the ego will forever be in opposition to God’s will. Only as long as the Conscious You identifies itself with the ego, will you believe there is an opposition. Once the Conscious You awakens and realizes – and this can happen in a flash, my beloved, as I described in my book – that you are one with your higher being, then the Conscious You will see that its will – your will – is the same as the will of your I AM Presence.

You did not come here to rebel against that will; you came here to express that will. And that was the reason you chose to come here in the first place. It was only when you met the opposition in this world – when those in this world, those in the duality consciousness, did not want to receive your light – it was only then that you started thinking that maybe there was something wrong with expressing the light of your higher being. And maybe you should turn off that light or turn it down and not let your light so shine before men and not bear witness to your truth.

And that was when you started believing in the serpentine lie that you should adapt to the way conditions are now in the material universe, rather than multiplying your creative talents so that you can take dominion over those conditions and transform them and their present imperfections into the kingdom of God. And this is what has happened to the top ten percent of the spiritual people on this planet. And that is why those top ten percent are not being the force that they were meant to be, the force that they wanted to be before they came here.

I must tell you that the top ten percent of the most spiritual people all chose to come here not for self-centered reasons, but because they wanted to raise up this planet and help bring in the Golden Age of Saint Germain. And you who are beginning to awaken from the illusions, you need to start seeing yourself as the emissaries of the ascended masters, who have the potential to bear witness to this truth that you are now beginning to see. So that you can go out and awaken all those in the top ten percent to who they are and why they are here, so that all of these people can begin to fulfill their reason for being.

We are not asking you to convert everyone to one particular religion or belief system. We are asking you to see the universal teaching that transcends all outer religions, all outer organizations. The teaching on the ego, that we have brought forth now, is universal. It cannot be confined to this or that church, or this or that New Age organization, or this or that guru. No one in the physical octave can have a patent on the teachings of the ascended masters. They are our gift to humankind.

And in the Aquarian Age I can assure you that the old idea that there is one religion, or one church that has the ultimate teaching or the only true teaching, will fade away as it has already started fading away for the old religions in the West, where more and more people see beyond this black-and-white approach and realize that it is not true. Can you see that the last thing we would want is an Aquarian Age organization which becomes trapped in that old mindset?

But this will require that the leaders and the members of Aquarian Age organizations are willing to overcome the ego, which has an eternal desire to feel better than others. And it will use any excuse for building the sense that, “Oh, we are surely better than others because we have the sophisticated teaching. We understand something that these other people don’t understand. So God must love us more. Surely El Morya must love us more because we are his students.”

But you see, El Morya loves everyone more—when they are willing to become more by transcending themselves. And when people are not willing to transcend themselves, they cannot receive the love that all of us have for all of the people on earth. We love everyone on earth, and we desire to see everyone transcend their current level of consciousness and come up higher.

We do not give special favors to anyone because unconditional love cannot be expressed in a conditional way. And that is why you will see that in the past we have been careful not to elevate people, unless it was done specifically for a testing of their souls, of whether they would use that seeming elevation to build the value judgment that they were better than others or whether they would remain humble of heart or become humble.

The trap of self-centeredness

So my beloved – again – the essential problem that breaks the figure-eight flow between your higher and lower being is the self-centeredness of the heart. Needing to feel better than others is one of the central aspects of that self-centeredness, and we know that all of you are capable of rising above it. And thus, I look forward to seeing you rise and come into a greater oneness, each one of you with your own higher being, but also with each other. For this is the highest potential for any spiritual gathering. The degree to which any conference will be a success is in direct proportion to the degree of oneness you can establish amongst each other.

We are not asking you to continue the patterns of the past, the patterns of the Piscean age. We are asking you to step up to the consciousness of Aquarius and forge new ground for what a spiritual movement should be in the Age of Aquarius and what a spiritual conference should be in the Age of Aquarius. And that will require you to let go of some of the expectations you have, built on what happened in the past, whether you were in this or that movement or organization or have read this or that book. My Beloved, the Living Christ follows no rules, except the rule of life itself, which is constant self-transcendence.

I have spoken at length to give you an introduction to this conference and the work that we set before you, a work that you cannot do by yourselves, but that you can perform only by opening up the flow between your lower and Higher beings, so that the light of your higher beings can perform the work. But for that light to perform its work, it must be allowed to flow. And for it to be allowed to flow, there must be the opening in the heart. To facilitate this process, for yourselves and for the world, we give you a new invocation, the Invocation for Integration between your Higher and lower being.

The choice is: you cannot do this by yourself, but God in you can. And will you let God in you be the doer and bring forth what needs to be brought forth and have everything fall into place. And I ask you to give this invocation now while you are still in my Presence and still in the forcefield of this dictation—and therefore can be the Omega polarity of my dictation and bring it into not only your own consciousness but into the consciousness of the most spiritual people, even into the mass consciousness. And thus, you can provide a mighty momentum that can challenge that lie that creates the division between the people and their God.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

The Golden Age cannot be brought through control

Ascended Master Kuan Yin, October 9, 2006. This dictation was given in a public square next to the German parliament, Der Bundestag, in Berlin.

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

My Beloved, I Kuan Yin, anchor an extraordinary Flame of Forgiveness, of Mercy, in this place. This is a flame that is absolutely necessary, for if Europe is to move forward, then indeed there must be mercy. There must be unconditional forgiveness and a willingness to look at the past and then let it go, without holding on to these old patterns that have plagued this continent now for so long, that history keeps repeating itself and repeating itself beyond all sensibility and reason.

Thus, my beloved, I say to you that many nations in Europe, and especially the German nation, have a great mastery on reason. Yet reason without mercy is indeed blind and can lead you nowhere, except down the dangerous path of totalitarianism, of thinking that you can bring about the Golden Age through control. But I tell you, it is not so, for no amount of power and control by the state can bring about a Golden Age.

Only the Flame of Mercy and Forgiveness and the Flame of Freedom, that set the people free to let go of the past and embrace their true creativity as spiritual beings, will bring about a Golden Age in Europe, or anywhere else for that matter. But especially here in Europe, the Flame of Mercy is needed to consume these old records, that are still preventing the people on this continent from embracing each other and rising into the glorious future that is the highest potential for this continent.

Thus, you might wonder, since we are only a few hundred yards away from the Holocaust memorial, why I have not chosen to anchor my flame there. But I tell you, it is because, even though this memorial is necessary, it is a monument that looks towards the past. And I do not desire to anchor a flame in a place that is dedicated to remembering the past, but rather in a place that is dedicated to making the decisions for the future.

And thus, I recognize fully that the holocaust memorial is indeed a step forward for the German nation. For in making this memorial, Germany has taken an important step towards dealing with its past. Yet as I have said, I anchor my flame over the German parliament, for this is where decisions must be made, so that this nation and Europe as a whole, can move forward into a Golden Age, where the past is left so far behind that it is only a memory. And there is no possibility whatsoever that the people and the nations of Europe will repeat history, for they have indeed learned the lessons of history.

Thus, I say, “Let there be mercy to all!” For there is no darkness from the past that the Flame of Mercy cannot consume. There is no darkness from the past from which the Flame of Freedom cannot set people free. And there is no decision from the past that cannot be overcome through the Flame of God Government. And thus, through this trinity of God Government, Freedom and Mercy, we shall indeed endeavor to do a mighty work for the continent of Europe. Thus, let it be done, let is be sealed, let it be anchored in all levels of the material universe, from the etheric, to the mental, to the emotional to the physical octave. It is finished!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

We prepare for a new cycle in Europe


Ascended Master Saint Germain, October 9, 2006 through Kim Michaels. Note: This dictation was given in Berlin. It was given in a public square next to the German parliament, Der Bundestag.

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Indeed, I am Saint Germain, and I too anchor a flame here, a Flame of Freedom, a flame of such ecstatic freedom that it will consume the dark cloud that has been hanging over Germany since Hitler took power in this nation and thereby took it into a downward spiral that has not yet been fully consumed.

Yet by the Grace of God, by the Flame of Freedom and by those in embodiment who choose to reinforce that flame – whether they are here in Germany or elsewhere – through the rosaries of Mother Mary, this downward spiral and all records of it will be consumed before the year 2012, so that we can indeed have a victory for this nation and for all of Europe, for the consuming of those records from the second world war that are truly weighing down this continent and are preventing it from ascending into the Golden Age and the vision of the Golden Age that I hold for Europe. Thus, I now invite my beloved cohort on the seventh ray, Kuan Yin, to speak.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

We prepare for a mighty work in Europe

Ascended Master El Morya, October 9, 2006 through Kim Michaels. Note: The dictation was given in Berlin. It was given in a public square next to the German parliament, Der Bundestag.

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

I, El Morya, anchor the Flame of God Government over this building, Der Deutsche Bundestag, where truly many decisions need to be made in order to continue the essential work of the reunification of Germany. So that this nation may once again rise to its proper status in the European community—without going astray into another form of totalitarianism or blindness or materialism, that might cause it to miss the opportunity to take a leadership role in this new Europe, that is to be a peaceful and prosperous Europe. And thus, simply cannot become so without the awakening, the spiritual awakening, of the German people, something that has been prepared for centuries but has not yet broken through into the physical manifestation that we desire to see happen within these next ten years.

Thus, I anchor an extraordinary flame, as a dispensation here that we may have the absolute God Victory of a breakthrough, that will awaken the German people to their full potential as spiritual people, and not simply as material automatons who blindly follow the blind leaders who lead them down the path of whatever form of totalitarianism may be ruling the day, however cleverly disguised. Thus, Morya I am, and I anchor my flame and I claim Germany for Saint Germain.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

I hurl the challenge: To be or not to be

Ascended Master Saint Germain, October 3, 2006 through Kim Michaels. This message was given at Kronborg Castle, north of Copenhagen, Denmark, the place mentioned in Shakespeare’s play Hamlet.

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

I am Saint Germain, and I am here to anchor the Flame of Being Freedom in this location. I choose this place for the same reason I chose it as a focal point for the story of Prince Hamlet. Because it is located in a central place for the exchange of energy between Europe and the Atlantic Ocean, thus forming the nexus of a figure-eight flow between Europe and the British Isles, even beyond to the United States.

Thus, this is the location where, in fiction as well as in the etheric realm, I hurled the eternal, timeless challenge at humankind: To be or not to be. That challenge has now had sufficient time to work its way through the collective consciousness, and it is ready to start breaking through into physical manifestation through the top ten percent of the most spiritual people on this planet.

Thus, I now anchor an extraordinary portion of this Flame of Being Freedom in this location, where it will continue to shine throughout the Age of Aquarius, as long as there are some in embodiment who chose to embody that Flame of Being Freedom. Thus, with the roar of the sea, symbolizing the roar of the wind of the Holy Spirit that is truly the flow of the seventh ray of freedom through all levels of the material realm, I now say to the entire humankind, “Dare to be free. Dare to be here below all that you are Above, and bring forth the Golden Age of Saint Germain into full physical manifestation—sooner rather than later.” Thus, it is done!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Allow yourself to enjoy the journey

TOPICS:  Finding a balanced approach to the spiritual path – Find your personal balance on the path – Let life flow from within –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, October 1, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, as I started this conference I, Mary, come to seal it. And I come with the gentle flame of the Mother. For truly, I am in constant agreement with El Morya and with the other masters. Yet I also provide the Omega balance. And so I come with a word of comfort, gratitude and consolation.

Finding a balanced approach to the spiritual path

One of the things that can cause people to become stressed on the spiritual path is when they hear a master talk about a high vision and high goal. And you look at yourself and say, “But I am so far from being there, where I should be in consciousness.” And then in recognizing the gap, you almost become discouraged and feel so overwhelmed that you sense there is no point in even trying. This, of course, is exactly what your ego wants you to feel. For then you do not even try. And if you do not try, you cannot transcend yourself and so you will remain stuck. So now you feel even worse about your situation than before you found the spiritual path and did not know that there was a possibility of attaining a higher state of consciousness.

So I understand that some people sometimes look at the people in the world who are living a normal life and say, or perhaps just sense unconsciously, that it was so much easier when you didn’t know about the path. It was so much easier when you could just live life like everyone else and feel like you were normal, you were okay.

But you see, the reality is that there is never any reason for you to feel that you are inadequate—as long as you are willing to take one small doable and believable step at a time. This is all that is required. It is a trick of the ego to get you to focus on this high goal and say, “I should be the Christ right now. And since I am not, I must be a bad person. There must be something wrong with me. I must not be doing something right.” And then you go into the trap of doing more, of being frantic or running faster. And you can do this for ten or twenty years. Yet there is still the gap between where you are now and where you think you ought to be. It is like the donkey running to catch up with the carrot that is dangling in front of its nose. But the more it runs, the more it pushes the carrot in front of it. And so many people have done this with the spiritual path.

Find your personal balance on the path

That is why, as El Morya said, you sometimes need to step back and recognize that there is a higher approach. And this is the approach that we have been talking about throughout this conference, of Being instead of doing. I will not expound upon it in detail for it already has been done and more will be said as time is appropriate. But I do want you to contemplate the concept that as long as you are transcending yourself and taking one step at a time – and continuing to take one step at a time without stopping – then you are moving forward. And that is really what God wants you to do. And if you keep moving forward, taking one step at a time, you will eventually reach your goal.

On the one hand there is the extreme of thinking that you need to attain this high goal and thinking that if you do all the outer things, you must be on the way to that goal and you must be a good student. On the other hand there is the extreme of thinking that you could not possibly reach that goal, and therefore you are no good and therefore there is no point in trying. But again, there is the middle way, my beloved. And that is what we desire you to find, for that is the key to peace of mind.

When you ascend, you look back at your time on earth and you see that all of your embodiments were a journey. And then you look forward and you see that even though you are now an ascended being, way up there is the Creator and the God Consciousness. And there is a long road from where you are to the God Consciousness. So you realize that life is a very long journey. And then you see that there is no point in thinking that only when you reach the end goal will you be able to relax, to feel at peace and to enjoy what you have attained. You realize that each time you take a step forward, you have the potential to feel that sense of victory and joy. And you see that it really was pointless that when you were in embodiment you tortured yourself by feeling inadequate. And that is what I want to impart to you today.

It is so easy to think that you could not possibly attain what you see others attaining, be it this or that spiritual master. But the reality is that you can attain it—if you keep moving forward. And the reality is that although there is an end goal on the journey called life, there is an almost infinite number of steps. And thus, the journey will not become enjoyable until you decide to enjoy rising from one step to the next. And you can decide that at any level of the journey, be it in the ascended realm or here in the material universe. And I would love nothing more than seeing all of you reach that level of inner peace, of allowing yourself to enjoy the journey, allowing yourself to feel that sense of victory when you have taken one step forward.

Let life flow from within

Look at yourselves and consider what you have experienced for these two short days and then realize that you have been in a different sphere. You have been in an environment that is a taste of heaven, a taste of what it is like to be in the ascended realm and be free from the duality and the ego. Perhaps you have not been able to fully see this, to fully appreciate it. But I encourage you to reflect on this. And I encourage you to find your highest sense of peace, your highest sense of joy that you have experienced. And then I encourage you to hold on to that in the future. Think back to that sense of inner peace and freedom and allow it to grow.

Be aware that as you go forth from here, you will go back into your normal environment and you are likely to be challenged by the forces of anti-peace who will try to take you away from peace, try to take you down from the consciousness you have glimpsed here. But if you will hold on to your highest sense of peace and carry it with you – and take some time to meditate on it and allow it to grow like a plant that is being watered through your attention – then you will be able to carry that with you and maintain it and even expand it in the weeks and months ahead.

As my final message it is my privilege to tell you that we of the ascended masters consider that this conference was an absolute victory for the light. It has been short, and certainly in the future we would like to see a longer conference on the European continent. Yet despite the short duration, so much has been accomplished that we are entirely satisfied. And we indeed feel a strong urge to congratulate you with what has been accomplished here.

And thus, I leave you with this sense of gratitude, this sense of victory. And I want you to feel and recognize that you have indeed performed an invaluable and incalculable service for the cause of the ascended masters by coming together and attaining the state of oneness that you have attained, as has been witnessed by several of the rosaries you have given. Where the perceptive ear will hear that beyond the outer voices is a congruency, a oneness of heart, soul and mind. Thus, my beloved, with all the gratitude of a Mother’s heart, I seal you each one, and I say, “You are my beloved sons and daughters in whom I am well pleased.” It is done. It is finished. It is sealed. For the mouth of the Lord, the Mother of God, has spoken it.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Keeping your peace while letting your light shine

TOPICS:  For Europe to fulfill her role, there must be integration – What western Europe can learn from eastern Europe – A government without God will become a tyranny – The difference between duality and non-duality – Remain peaceful inside yourself – How to bear witness to your truth –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, October 1, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

For Europe to fulfill her role, there must be integration

Indeed, I am the Buddha in the crown, the crown chakra of this planet, where I hold my position, my office, as Lord of the World, looking for the petals of the lotus blossom to unfold. The six billion and more petals of all those on earth who are part of the beautiful lotus flower of God.

It is with great joy that I speak this day. For the work that has been accomplished throughout this conference, culminating in your invocation for the unification of East and West, LINK GAEW is indeed significant for this continent of Europe. For through your giving of your pure hearts in love, I have been able, along with many other members of the ascended masters and many angels, to clear away a very significant portion of the ancient records that have separated and divided Europe into two camps of East and West.

As you see a division between East and West on a planetary scale, surely you have seen that division here in Europe until very recently. So even after the material symbol of this division came down, namely the Berlin Wall and the Iron Curtain, even after that, there was a blockage in the emotional, mental and even the lower etheric realm that prevented a true reunification and integration between East and West. And thus, there has not so far been the optimal flow of energy between these two regions of Europe.

Yet through the work that has been accomplished at this conference and those in Europe who have given Mother Mary’s rosaries, we have been able to clear the emotional blockages, the blockages on the emotional realm. This is a very significant step. And as the work continues by people individually and by future conferences that I trust we will hold on this continent, we can surely move on and clear other levels.

For Europe to fulfill her role in serving as an ambassador of world peace, there clearly must be integration between East and West, even between North and South. For if Europe is divided, how can she be an ambassador for peace, a voice of reason? Thus, the integration of East and West will now be accelerated thanks to the clearing of these emotional energies, this blockage, that has truly prevented the people in Europe from forgiving, from letting go of the past. And you will see a change in this area. You will see greater openness, greater willingness to look at the past, to learn the lessons that need to be learned and then to forgive.

Truly, with the expansion of the European Union towards the East, the nations of Europe have opened up for the physical exchange of goods and services, even of people who move between East and West, either to give their expertise or to find jobs. With this greater exchange you will see even more of a breaking up of the barriers and much more of an integration, and even the beginning of a sense of oneness. This is the sense of oneness, that has been lacking from this continent for so long because it has been divided into so many different nations that were always warring with each other or in competition with each other.

What western Europe can learn from eastern Europe

It is obvious that the nations in western Europe are far ahead economically, technologically and to some degree politically compared to the nations that used to be behind the Iron Curtain. Yet one should not overlook the fact that the eastern nations also have a significant contribution to make to the future of Europe. Not only in terms of creativity, but let me especially point out the obvious fact that most western nations have become so materialistic that they dare not truly think and talk about religion and its role in society. This is very obvious when you see how the conflicts created by refugees from Islamic countries has been handled, or rather not handled, by many western European nations, who did not even know how to have a constructive debate about the role of religion in society.

The western nations have almost become impotent when it comes to openly debating religious issues. And this, of course, is not a sustainable situation. For as you have heard from the previous masters who have spoken here, without true spirituality, there can be no true government. The only solution to the situations in the world, the only solution is God government. But how can there be God government without God? How can there be God government in nations that are afraid to talk about God, that are afraid to talk about the possibility that some universal spiritual teaching about God’s Law could provide the very foundation for a free democracy—that must recognize that the people have rights that are not given by the state, but given by an authority that is entirely beyond any human power, and thus cannot be corrupted by human power plays.

This is where the nations in what was formerly eastern Europe have a valuable contribution to make. Because these nations were under communism for so long, that they know what it is like to live in a country where the state forbids them to practice any form of religion and even persecutes those who dare to be religious. Thus, you will see that the eastern part of Europe is currently going through a greater degree of spiritual awakening than you see in the West. And if this can truly gather momentum and become a true spiritual awakening – rather than being a religious awakening where the eastern people are trapped by the old religions – if it can become that true spiritual awakening, it can truly spread to the West and reestablish the balance that there should be between God government and the secular form of government. And this has become much more of a realistic possibility after the clearing of these emotional barriers. For truly, there will be a freer exchange of ideas, thoughts and feelings, where the people will feel freer to express their feelings.

A government without God will become a tyranny

And even the people in the East will feel freer to express their feelings about what they see as a materialism and as anti-spirituality in the West. And thus, they will gain the courage to stand up and witness to their realization that a government that denies God cannot avoid becoming a tyranny that suppresses the people. This is a universal law that anyone who is willing to take a look at history can confirm. Certainly, you see many examples of a government that does not deny God and still has become tyrannical. But if there is some recognition of an existence of a higher authority, then there is at least a frame of reference that is beyond human power and human definition.

There is a level where people are entirely blinded by the consciousness of duality. And in that level they are only concerned about competing and warring with other human beings. They have created their own definition of what is right, and that definition says that they are right and anyone who is different from themselves is automatically wrong. And if two nations or two civilizations have such a dualistic definition of right and wrong, how can they ever avoid a conflict? And how can they ever resolve a conflict, when each side is guided by a dualistic, man-made definition of right and wrong? There must be a willingness to reach beyond duality, to reach for a higher definition of right that is not defined by human beings or institutions, that is not defined based on the consciousness of duality where any idea must have an opposite.

The difference between duality and non-duality

When you rise above duality, you clearly see that there is something that is unreal. But that which is unreal is not in opposition to that which is real, as that which is humanly wrong is in opposition to that which is humanly right. That which is unreal is simply unreal. It is outside reality, separate from reality. But it is not and cannot be in opposition to reality. For that which is real can have no opposition. Nothing can threaten that which is real.

Thus, the first step on the spiritual path is to reach for something beyond duality. And that is what Jesus expressed so beautifully when he said, “Seek ye first the kingdom of God and his right-eousness.” Seek ye first the higher “right” of God. This is also what I expressed in the definition of the eightfold path. So many Buddhists have misinterpreted the eightfold path and believe that it can be defined in human terms: What is right livelihood, what is right action, what is right thought, what is right association and so on.

But you see, the true definition of the eightfold path is that you reach for the “right” of God that is beyond duality. But how can you reach for that right, that higher right? Well, you can do so only when you realize the noble truth that everything that springs from duality causes suffering, and that the cause of suffering is wrong desire that is based on an attachment to the things of this world, be it the sensual pleasures or the desire to be right in a human sense and feel that you are better than those whom you define as wrong because they are different from you or hold opposite views from you.

There are so many people on this planet who spend their entire lives seeking to establish this sense of superiority of being better than others. They always see themselves as being in competition with others and this goes from the so-called ordinary people, who are, as the saying goes, seeking to keep up with the Joneses, in having better houses, bigger cars and more material goods. And it goes all the way up to the people in the power elite who are seeking to have more power than those other people in those other power elite groups with whom they are comparing themselves.

My Beloved, you can spend lifetimes on this senseless quest of seeking to be thought right among men. Or you can reach up for the reality of being right with God. Yet in order to be right with God, you must be willing to consciously and willfully choose to let go of your attachments to the things in the material realm. For as long as you are attached to being right with other people, to being popular or not to be seen as an outcast or ridiculed for your beliefs, or your lifestyle or your actions, as long as you are attached to anything, any appearance in this world, to your standing among human beings, then you will not be free to grasp the higher right of God or to express that right.

I taught, 2,500 years ago, that non-attachment is the key to peace of mind. And that teaching is true. It is timeless. It is eternal. Yet as Jesus has pointed out, there is no teaching expressed in words that the human ego cannot pervert. For anything expressed in words can be taken by the dualistic mind and interpreted according to this extreme or that extreme or even the false concept of the Middle Way as something that is right between the two dualistic extremes.

Even the concept of the Middle Way can be misinterpreted. For truly, I never told people to come to the midpoint between the two dualistic extremes. I taught them to transcend the entire scale of duality, the entire consciousness of duality. And this is the essence of Buddhahood. Yet to transcend duality, you must be willing to let go of the desires, the beliefs, the attachments that spring from duality. And thus, you must come to the point, where you love the right of God more than the right of man.

And this must in the end be a conscious decision you make. Truly, not everyone is ready to make that decision. But certainly those who are the spiritual people are ready or can quickly become ready. And if you will contemplate these concepts, you will come to a point, where you feel a spontaneous, inner surge of love for the higher reality of God that suddenly makes it easy to let go of some attachment. And once you realize how easy it is to let go of one attachment, you can build a momentum of letting go of the attachments as quickly as you see them.

Remain peaceful inside yourself

It is not necessarily easy to always know what is right with God. And the reason for this is that there is no outer rule that can be given in this world for what is right according to God’s absolute reality. For each situation, each person, is different. In one situation it might be right to do one thing. But in another situation, that might seem similar based on outer appearances, it may be right to do what seems to be the opposite. And thus, you cannot know this by setting up rules with the analytical mind that loves to create labels and say that, “Under these circumstances you should always do this. And under those circumstances you should always do that.”

Well, my beloved, this will not work. For then you have pulled yourself into the realm of the intellect which can only operate in the field of duality. Yet you can attain much by consciously working on non-attachment. For truly, when you are non-attached to the outer appearances, you will not be tempted to respond according to a human standard for what should be right in this or that situation. You will then be able to reach up for the higher reality of God, so you will spontaneously do what is right.

Yet in order to do what is right with God, you must realize that non-attachment is not the same as indifference. If you will study my life as the Buddha incarnate, you will notice that I walked a path of attaining complete non-attachment to the things of this world. And then, after having attained that non-attachment which is commonly in Buddhist terms called Enlightenment, I still faced an initiation that many Buddhists do not understand or even look upon. For I faced the temptation that the forces of this world said, “Oh, but what you have seen, what you have attained, is far too advanced or complicated for the people on earth. You will not be able to explain it to them. They will not be able to understand it. None will understand you, so don’t bother to go out in the world and bear witness to your truth. Just stay in Nirvana and leave the world to the forces of duality. Do not attempt to enlighten the people, for they will not understand.”

Well, I passed that initiation only by connecting to the I AM THAT I AM within me, to Brahman himself. And through that connection I got the clear impulse: “Some will understand.” And I went out and started preaching my truth and some did indeed understand. Thus, you will face the same initiation. First you face the initiation of attaining non-attachment to other people’s reactions, so that when they reject your light, your God Flame, your truth, you are non-attached to their reactions. And you do not allow their rejection to become an excuse that the ego can use to trick you into turning off your light or being quiet about challenging the unreality on earth.

Yet in attaining and working on that non-attachment, you will then come to the temptation of thinking, “What is the point of seeking to enlighten people when they are so far down into the consciousness of duality and seemingly are so uninterested in anything spiritual?” It is a delicate balance to remain non-attached but at the same time not to become indifferent, not to give up, not to become a pacifist who just sits there and lets the world do what it will do without challenging what is unreal. And each of you must find your own balance, for I tell you, there is an idolatry in the world which thinks that it was easy for me to walk the path and pass my initiations and then find my balance and go out and preach my truth.

Likewise, they say it was easy for Jesus to pass his initiations and then go out and witness to his truth. But I tell you that it was fully as difficult for Jesus and myself as it is for you. We all have certain elements of the human condition that we must surrender and overcome before we manifest a higher state of consciousness. And the human conditions that each of us have are precisely those conditions that are the hardest for us to see. So Jesus was not born in the fullness of his Christhood. And I was not born in the fullness of Buddhahood, as is clearly seen in our lives.

Therefore, we too had to overcome our own points of blindness that we could not see. And precisely that which we could not see was as difficult for us to overcome as it is for each of you to overcome that which you cannot see. Do you see, my beloved, it is such an illusion to think that Jesus and I and other spiritual masters were above you and that it was so much easier for us. For indeed it was not easy at all. But the fact that we made it should be an encouragement that you too can make it. For as has been the motto of the ascended masters for a long time, “What one has done all can do.” And in this age we might say, “What one is Being, all can Be!” For truly it is not doing that is the key but Being.

How to bear witness to your truth

Let me give you at least one hint of how to go out and bear witness to the truth, how to let your light so shine before men that by seeing your good works they see that it is not the outer person that is the doer, but the light of God within you that is the true doer. In order to do this, you must be non-attached without being indifferent. So let me give you the key that if you will strive to remain at peace, even when you are challenging other people, then you will always be in the higher right of God.

So examine yourself. Are you reluctant to challenge others? Do you feel fearful, guilty or have other negative feelings when you do challenge others? In that case you might consider that you still have some attachment to an outer appearance that is preventing you from challenging others with the true inner peace of the Christ and the Buddha who have obtained complete non-attachment. And then you just look at that. You work on it. You go to the core of it and you let it go.

Do you seriously believe that Jesus and I did not have any remnants of the human ego when we were born? I know very well that there are many people in Buddhism and Christianity who believe in this idolatry. But it was not so. For we had indeed elements of the ego, attachments and spiritual blindness that we needed to overcome. And how did we overcome it? It did not happen in one glorious moment of breakthrough into nirvana as some teachers portray it. It happened one little step at a time. Much of this has never been recorded because it was an inner path. And at the time that we both gave forth our respective teachings, humankind was not ready to understand the idiosyncrasies of the human psyche that people in many areas of the world are capable of understanding today.

Thus, we could not even teach it at the time. And we had to give forth a simpler teaching that was adapted to the consciousness that people had back then in those far darker times. Yet I tell you that in today’s age you have the teachings and the tools to systemically overcome every attachment. And when you lock in to your own higher being and to your own God Flame – and know that you are that flame, and not the outer personality, or the ego or the body or the person that other people have created in their minds – then you will be able to come to a point where you are willing to let go of any attachment as soon as you see it.

And you know that no matter what might come up, you will be willing to let go of it. And this is the true hallmark of a true spiritual seeker who has begun to find that which so many still seek without knowing what they are even seeking. And thus, even though you are not necessarily completely free of attachments, you can still obtain the inner peace that passes understanding because it is not based on any outer security in the form of having bigger bombs or bigger cannons than these other nations. Or even the false intellectual security of thinking that because you belong to this or that religion, or this or that scientific world view and understand all of its concepts intellectually you are sure to be saved.

No, it is a peace that is beyond all outer appearances that does not depend upon any conditions in the material realm, and therefore cannot be taken away by any conditions in the material realm no matter what happens. This is the inner peace that I desire to see all of you have. And this is the inner peace I had attained before I started my mission. Yet I must tell you that you will make faster progress if you are willing to bear witness to the truth that you see even though you may not yet see the highest truth.

Jesus and I had to set forth certain examples. And so we withdrew from the world until we had attained a consciousness that would allow us to fulfill our missions. But precisely because we were meant to set up examples, we also faced a tremendous opposition to those missions that you do not face individually because in this day and age it is the priority that many people walk the path together instead of just one person being the forerunner. So each of you individually is not facing the same opposition that we faced, which is why you can start bearing witness to the truth even before you have obtained complete non-attachment and peace of mind.

And indeed, by doing so, you will make greater progress than if you withdrew from society until you had attained a higher state of consciousness. So be willing to bear witness to your truth even if you are not perfect, even if you are still disturbed by other people rejecting you. For if you have that courage, that willingness, you will surely make much faster progress, especially if you are willing to look at yourself and say, “Ah, but why was I disturbed by other people’s reaction? Is there not an element of the ego hiding behind that disturbance? And so if I look at it, can I not expose my ego and then surrender it?”

Indeed, you can look at yourselves and say, “Am I fully comfortable and at peace by standing up and expressing my God Flame, or am I still concerned about other people’s reactions?” If you discover such concerns, look at them and say, “Why did I feel disturbed? Why could l not be at peace, for after all, if I am expressing my God Flame then why should I feel disturbed about any appearance?” The peace you need to strive for is that you can bear witness to your truth and let your light shine no matter the outer conditions or the reactions you get from other people. You are not disturbed. They do not take away your peace. You do not feel rejected because you have no attachment to how they should respond. You simply allow their free will to work itself out and leave it up to them whether they will accept or reject the higher truth that they have now seen in you.

And when you can have that non-attachment, nothing will disturb you. Nothing will take away your peace. I do not want you to think that you are so far away from Buddhahood, that it would take you the rest of your life or even years or decades to obtain that inner peace, for it is not so for most of you. You can attain that inner peace in a relatively short period of time if you will make use of the teachings and the tools that you have, and ask how others have obtained it and then share and help each other come into that sense of inner peace.

This is a realistic goal—that you as a worldwide community, can obtain if you will openly put your minds to it. And so as my final message I hurl that challenge at you. Take the tools you have been given, the rosaries, invocations, decrees and the ego discourses, but also be willing to talk about this openly and ask questions. And help each other. Inspire each other. And be willing to be open and honest with each other and say, “I think you still have an attachment and that is why you are disturbed about this. Let us see if we together can discover the cause of that attachment so that it can be surrendered into the Flame of Ecstatic Peace.”

I have had my say, and while I have spoken I have indeed released an intense momentum of my Flame of Buddhic Peace that has moved like a wave over this continent to consume a certain portion of the consciousness and records of war. Thus, I too am grateful for your presence and for the manifestation of this conference that I might have an open door for bringing forth this action that is much needed. Thus, in gratitude, I seal you in the Flame of Buddhic Peace. And I ask you to accept your potential to be the Buddha before you think it is possible. My peace I give unto you. My peace I leave with you. So be at peace by being in the peace of the Buddha, by Being the peace of Buddha. It is sealed.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

All I want is constantly growing students

TOPICS:  The difference between constancy and insanity – Constant self-transcendence – A modern Utopia – An aquarian spiritual organization – Aquarian leadership – Progressive revelation knows no bounds –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master El Morya, October 1, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

The difference between constancy and insanity

My Beloved, El Morya I AM, and many of you have known me for a long time. Many of you have studied the teachings I have given in the past. And you have come to formulate a certain image of me as being the stern and strict disciplinarian, the blue-ray master of the first ray who is no-nonsense and who demands rapt attention, who demands that you make an extraordinary effort, that you are constant in your application of the spiritual path and the tools that we give you.

But I would give you a higher understanding of the concept of being constant. You see, to the outer mind, to the analytical mind and to the human ego, the concept of being constant can mean only one thing. That is that you keep doing the same thing over and over and that you do not let anything distract you or take you away from doing what you have determined is needed in order for you to rise to a higher level of the spiritual path.

And there is indeed a point on the spiritual path, where you must be constant in order to break through the mass consciousness, your own past momentums and karma and your own psychology that threatens to pull you back into repeating the old patterns over and over and over again. So because you are trapped in such a pattern, you need to create a force, a momentum, that can break that pattern. And you cannot build a momentum without constant repetition because the bad habit was built through repetition and it must be counteracted through repetition by building a positive momentum.

So this is indeed in order at a certain level of the path. But there does come a point on the spiritual path, where you need to rise to a new understanding of the concept of constancy, an understanding that is not dualistic but is beyond dualism. And that understanding is that constancy does not mean that you forever keep doing the same thing. For as Albert Einstein said, based on inspiration he received from Above, “If you keep doing the same thing and expect different results, you are insane.”

There comes a point where mindlessly repeating the same rituals or habits becomes insanity. There comes a point where you have to be willing to say that what I have done so far has indeed brought me to the point on my path where I am right now, but can I reach the higher stages of the path if I keep doing the same thing? And indeed, there will for every student – for EVERY student – come certain points on your path, where you need to rise to an entirely higher level. And you cannot rise to that level if you keep approaching the path the same way you have done in the cycle that took you to your current point.

So therefore, there are times when the wise student will step back and say, “What do I need to change? How do I need to change my perspective on the path?” And indeed, the sensitive student will know exactly as Arcturus said, that when you realize that following the path has become a source of stress, has become a burden, has become something that takes you away from peace, from the sense of inner freedom, then you know you have stayed too long in the old patterns. And now you are no longer progressing but you are spinning your wheels. You are treading water and you are getting nowhere, even though you are running faster and faster and faster and doing more and more and more, thinking that if you just do more and more or run faster and faster, you will eventually break through.

Well, it cannot be done that way and that is explained clearly in the old story that Saint Germain has told many times of Kuthumi and I going to the mountain to get a message. Where I was the one who with my blue-flame momentum ran straight up the mountain and straight down, and yet I did not retain the message. Whereas Kuthumi took time to listen to the birds and smell the roses and he indeed, although he took longer, retained the message in the end. This is also the story of the Buddha who realized that the extreme of the worldly consciousness and the other extreme of asceticism was not the true path but that you needed to find that middle way of a different approach.

It is an absolute truth that there is not a single human being who can find a specific spiritual teaching or technique and keep doing that for ten, twenty or thirty years or even a lifetime and then automatically make their ascension or attain Christhood. It is not a mechanical path. It is a path that requires you to think, to internalize, and that must happen because you are not fixing your mind on doing certain outer things or believing certain beliefs or studying certain teachings. You are willing to step back and look at the bigger picture, look for inner direction and then follow that inner direction rather than following the outer direction of an outer teacher, organization or even your own outer mind or ego.

Constant self-transcendence

Constancy really means that you are constantly transcending yourself and becoming more. That is the constancy that I, El Morya, am looking for in my students—constantly becoming more. And you cannot become more by repeating the same things in a routine that takes you away from peace. Repetition is good as long as it gives you a greater sense of freedom. But when it starts taking away your freedom, then it is time to step back and transcend the level you are at and find a higher approach. For only then will you make that leap to the next level, and only then can you keep up with me, for I am constantly becoming more. And this is what some people will not or cannot understand and acknowledge and accept—that I, El Morya, never stand still. I am constantly transcending myself and becoming more.

Thus, MORE I AM today than I was yesterday or ten years ago or twenty years ago through this or that organization. Do you see, my beloved? You may think that I ascended a little over a century ago and then I became an ascended master and then I have basically stood still since then because, after all an ascended master must be perfect, right? But you see, being an ascended master does not mean that growth and self-transcendence stops, but that growth and self-transcendence is taken to an entirely new level.

And therefore, I have moved so far beyond the level of consciousness that I had when I ascended that you would barely understand it, if you could see the gap between where I was a century ago and where I am today in consciousness. That is why some people do not recognize me, they do not feel that it is the same El Morya that they used to know. And indeed it is not the same El Morya, for MORE I AM. And if you want to know me as I am today, then you must become more.

As an ascended master I am not about to slow down my growth to wait for you. I move swiftly, and I move on and I go up higher and I become more. And if you are not willing to become more with me, then you must fall behind—and then find other masters who can still help you at your level of consciousness. But it will not be El Morya as the chohan of the First Ray. I am indeed so one with the Will of God – and as I explained yesterday the Will of God is self-transcendence – that I am constantly transcending myself. For how else could I exemplify the Will of God?

How else could I help the people of God on earth transcend themselves? For again, what needs to happen on earth in order to bring in the Golden Age is such a huge leap between where the planet is today and where the reality of the Golden Age is at, that most people could scarcely fathom it in their present state of consciousness. Yet you still have the potential to quickly come up higher with me, so that you can begin to fathom the vision I hold for this planet and for this continent of Europe.

This is the invitation that I extend to all of you—that you come up higher with me, that you are willing to transcend yourselves so that I can begin to impart my vision for this continent and for this planet to those who are willing to come up to the level, where they can fathom that vision without being blown away, without being thrown into fear or doubt or skepticism, saying that this could not possibly happen, this is unrealistic, this is just El Morya thinking he is rewriting the book Utopia.

A modern Utopia

But you see, my beloved, even though the vision I had when I wrote that book has not come to pass – and even though today I see that that vision was somewhat limited and will never come to pass exactly as I saw it at the time – it does not mean that the concept of a utopia is unrealistic or impossible. It is indeed possible. But it is only possible through self-transcendence. And it is only possible when there are people in embodiment who are willing to transcend themselves, so that their minds can become the conduits, the open doors, for transferring that vision from the etheric realm to the material realm, where it can be expressed in a way that people can understand. And so they can begin to see that perhaps it really is possible to transform society so radically, that within a few decades it can take a leap that is as great as the leap from the feudal societies to industrialized nations with a democratic form of government.

Think about how great that leap was. Do you think that if you had gone to some person living in the Dark Ages before the advent of science, before the Reformation, before the Inquisition, and had told them about the age of technology and the age of democracy, do you think that they would have been able to grasp that vision and accept that possibility? Nay, my beloved. They would have rejected it out of hand as being complete daydreaming, completely unrealistic and so far out that they would not even think about it. And this is exactly the problem that we of the ascended masters have had throughout the ages. We need people in embodiment who are willing to come up higher, so that they can fathom the vision that most people on this planet are not yet ready to accept. So they can be the forerunners for seeing that there is a better way.

Some of you will know about the saying: “Ours is not a better way. Ours is merely a different way.” And although there is some truth to that statement, I must also tell you that the danger of looking at it that way is that there is a belief that every way is a valid way and every way is just a different way and all the ways are equally valid. But there is indeed a better way. This does not mean that there is only one way or that there is only one religion or one organization or one teaching that is the only true one. But it does mean that there is a higher way and there is a lower way. And there are many versions of the lower way. And there are many ways to reach the higher level. And it is not just one organization that will bring about the Golden Age.

For truly, it can only happen where there are people who realize that there is a better way that is beyond duality, that is beyond gray thinking – in which every way seems to be valid – and that is beyond black-and-white thinking – in which it seems like there is only one true way and all that are different must be of the devil. Someone must reach for the higher way, the better way, and challenge the consciousness that keeps people stuck in the lower way. Someone must be willing to come up and recognize that there is the possibility of transcending all these limitations that most people think are impossible to overcome. And you have the potential to do this. But you must do it by first looking in the mirror and realizing that you can overcome your own limitations.

An aquarian spiritual organization

We of the ascended masters are facing many delicate problems. And one of the delicate problems that we have always been facing is that there are two types of students. Some are driven by a lot of ego and a lot of ambition. And they are often the ones who are the first to want to do something in a spiritual organization. And they want to take charge and they want to take control, because they feel that they are right and they know how things should be done. And thus they show initiative.

And sometimes we need to work with these people in order to get things done, in order to cut through and get an organization rolling. But in the end, if an organization is led by this kind of students, there will often be a tremendous clash of egos that will then cause the organization to stall or go into a downward spiral, that basically breaks it apart from within and often results in the splitting up of an organization.

So the other kind of students are the humble and meek students. Those are the ones who have the purity of heart, the humbleness. And this is good. But often the pure and the humble do not have initiative, are afraid to take a stand, are reluctant to come out and say, “You know, I think it would be better to do it this way.” And when they meet up with the more aggressive, more self-confident students, they often fold. They often refuse to speak their truth, thinking that perhaps they are not right after all.

And you see the challenge. If we have only the meek and humble, then an organization simply will not get off the ground. Yet if we have only the more aggressive students, then an organization will get off the ground but it will also collapse under its own weight. And so what is the solution to creating a viable, spiritual organization in the Aquarian Age? Well, it is indeed that we have students who are balanced, who have a balance of Alpha and Omega, the balance of the expanding force of the Father that makes them willing to take an initiative, to take a stand. But yet also the balance of Omega that makes them humble, that makes them sensitive, caring and loving towards others.

Aquarian leadership

Another delicate dilemma we face is that if we have messengers or leaders who are too strong, then they will be the ones running the organization, whereas the people will not take initiative. And this again is not an Aquarian matrix, not something we desire to see happen in the Aquarian Age, where an organization is centered around one or two people as the messengers or the leaders. We desire to see an Aquarian organization where many people are involved. But that means that you must reach that level of balance, so that the students who are too aggressive become more meek and humble and the students who are too passive become more willing to take a stand.

We want many people to be involved at many different levels. And so we are waiting patiently. But I desire you to listen carefully. And if you do, you will hear a soft sound, and it is me tapping my foot. For I am growing slightly impatient. And I would like to see you who are the beautiful souls, the meek and humble, I would like to see you come into that balance of Alpha and Omega, where you dare to express the Alpha aspect of your God Flame. So that you take a stand, so that you take an initiative and say, “What does God want to bring forth through me? What does God want to do through me? And how can I fill that role of being God in action?”

For this is what we desire to see for you. For it is only in coming into that balance, that you will attain the freedom of being able and willing to express who you are in God. And that is why you came to this planet in the first place. And you will not be able to leave this planet before you have attained that goal of expressing your God Flame and making a contribution to the upward movement of this beautiful, but oh so burdened, planet—that you desire to set free so much that you were willing to make the sacrifice to come here in the first place.

Progressive revelation knows no bounds

I have again spoken for a long time, and yet I have so much more to say. For progressive revelation knows no bounds, it does not accept limitations. For we know that no sooner have we given a teaching in the physical than people’s egos start turning that teaching into a closed box that traps their minds and hearts. And thus it is simply not possible to bring forth the ultimate teaching that can stand for all time. We must continually challenge people, so they do not become comfortable, they do not become trapped, and they do not become rigid and set in their ways, so that they refuse to become more or think they don’t have to become more because they can just keep doing what they are doing right now—and one day they will wake up and be ascended.

So again, I am looking for those who are willing to transcend themselves and keep up with me as I move forward. Ponder this concept of the constancy of constant self-transcendence, of constantly becoming more as I am constantly becoming more. This is my challenge. This is my joy—when I see students who are willing to take that step and recognize the reality that God is self-transcendence.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

The spiritual path should make you more free, not less free

TOPICS: A dispensation for rosaries given in Europe – True freedom in beyond duality – Does your spirituality limit your freedom? –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Elohim Arcturus, October 1, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

A dispensation for rosaries given in Europe

I AM the Elohim of the Seventh Ray. Arcturus is my name. I come to congratulate you with a work well done and a victory won. And as a prize for your work, for your coming together in oneness, I have decided to add a certain multiplication factor to all of the new Mother Mary rosaries and invocations that are given on this continent of Europe or by people who have an affiliation with Europe even though they might be living elsewhere.

Thus, these rosaries given from this point forward, will be multiplied by me, by a factor that I will not disclose, but which is significant. This is done because I too see what El Morya, Saint Germain, Jesus and the Buddha have explained, that there is a change that needs to take place in Europe and that it is close and therefore can be helped by an extraordinary momentum of the violet flame of freedom that I indeed am.

True freedom in beyond duality

Thus, I come to give you a little discourse on the true meaning of freedom. Truly, as the Buddha has explained, there is a point where you attain the oneness with God’s absolute reality. You take the concept of right beyond the level where right has to be in opposition to wrong. And so it is with every God quality, every flame of God, that it can be taken beyond duality. My beloved, when you look at the situation on this planet, you will see that so far freedom has always been defined in opposition to, in comparison to, slavery, imprisonment, limitations. Yet there is a freedom, a level of freedom, that is beyond duality and thus has no opposite. It is not defined in relation to anti-freedom. And this, of course, is true freedom. For you know that there is nothing that can take away that freedom, nothing that can oppose it, nothing whatsoever that can bring it into question.

It should not be difficult for you to see, that this is the freedom that all ascended masters want you to attain. And we want you to attain it while you are still in embodiment. Because when you do so, you then become the open door, whereby the Flame of Freedom and the entire momentum of freedom of all the masters, angels or Elohim who serve on the Seventh Ray of Freedom can pour through you and thereby consume those energies and forces and ideas of anti-freedom that have enslaved humankind for so long. They have indeed enslaved the entire planet, dragging Mother earth into the dirt of living in a state of limitation and lack of freedom that is far beyond God the Father’s original vision for God the Mother’s manifestation in the matter universe. And it is indeed amazing, that human beings can continue to accept these limitations without realizing, acknowledging, accepting that there is a better way, without crying out, “There must be more to life than this?”

Ah my beloved, you do indeed see a continent where many nations have reached a very high level of material comfortability that could be the foundation for material freedom, but is not because people have become so entrapped by the pleasures of this world, by the pressures of this world to perform, to do more, to always be in a hurry, to be here, there and everywhere at the same time, so there is never any time or attention left over to sit down and just Be.

Think about how people’s attention is constantly pulled in all directions, pulling them away from themselves, pulling them away from focusing their attention on the heart. If you cannot connect to the Flame of Freedom in your heart, how can you be truly free? Even if you have political freedom, even if you have all the money you could possibly need, so that you can do virtually anything in the material world. If you do not have a connection in your heart to the spiritual flame of freedom, how can you be free? Thus, you see people who from a worldly perspective have great worldly freedom, yet they are not free. They are some of the most enslaved people on this planet, for even though they have great abundance, they are so afraid of losing it that they do not have a moment of peace where they can sense the inner freedom.

Does your spirituality limit your freedom?

Truly, we desire all people to overcome this but we especially desire the most spiritual people to overcome those pressures in your own mind or those pressures from your environment that are pulling you away from the centeredness of the heart that is the true key to freedom. So I admonish you to look in the mirror, take stock of your own life and your own spiritual path. Has the spiritual path become another trap that takes away your freedom, your inner peace? Has it become a burden? Has it become a race where you run constantly with your tongue hanging out of your mouth, feeling so exhausted, so stressed-out that you have not obtained this, that you have not done that, that you always feel like you are coming from behind?

It is indeed good to have a goal, but it is not good if that goal becomes a cause for stress, if you feel so burdened by not having attained your goal that you cannot enjoy the journey towards the goal. Or if you feel that you must work harder to obtain that goal and thereby do not have the inner peace that is the key to attaining the true goal of spiritual enlightenment. Jesus said it well, “What shall it profit a man if he attains the whole world but loses his soul.” What shall it profit you if you do this or do that on the spiritual path yet lose your inner peace, your inner freedom?

We have seen this in many churches or spiritual organizations, where people become so focused on the outer path of doing this or doing that, that instead of gradually becoming more and more free, they actually become more and more imprisoned. Because they turn the spiritual path into a race against the clock or against dark forces or against this or against that. Or they turn it into a race of comparing themselves to other people, feeling that if they are doing this or that outer thing, then they must be more spiritual than others.

Yet in the process of doing all these outer things, they become so stressed out and burdened that they can barely bear the strain. And so comes the temptation of the ego to judge based on appearances and say that, “If other people are not doing for the ascended masters as I am doing, if they are not as burdened or are suffering as much as I am suffering, then they are not truly making progress on the path. They are not truly helping the ascended masters. They are not truly as spiritual as I am.”

The key to fulfilling your spiritual mission

Yet my beloved, as the Buddha so clearly explained and as anyone who studies the life of the Buddha can see, the key to his spiritual mission was to attain inner peace. And I must tell you that no one – no one – can fulfill their spiritual mission without attaining the inner peace that comes from non-attachment, the non-attachment that leads to true freedom. A freedom that is not defined in relation to anti-freedom but is truly free, free of all sense of having to do this or having to do that based on a human standard or a human evaluation.

Look in the mirror and evaluate. Is my path giving me stress that takes me away from inner freedom or am I truly moving closer to freedom? And if you see that you are becoming burdened, then be not afraid to step back and change your approach and your actions. For certainly, in order to escape the mass consciousness you need steadfastness. You need to plow through and continue to do the right thing until you break through and manifest results. Nevertheless, this should not be interpreted to mean that you have to keep doing the same thing for the rest of your life if it takes you away from inner peace.

There is certainly a point where one should step back and say, “Is it time to do something different? Is it time to change my approach?” And those who are not willing to do that – but think they have to continue to do what they decided one or two or five or ten years ago – they are the ones who are actually refusing to exercise Christ discernment, to follow their inner direction. And then how can they ever attain freedom, if they are not willing to follow the inner direction that is the only key to being free?

The intellect, the outer mind, can never give you freedom. For the outer mind and the intellect can only operate in the level of duality. And in the level of duality, freedom is defined in opposition to anti-freedom and thus freedom can be obtained only by forcing back the anti-freedom. And that means that even though you can establish a certain freedom, you must constantly push back the anti-freedom.

But the freedom that we desire you to have is the freedom of rising above that level of duality, where you think you have to push against an opposing force. Where you transcend the level of opposing forces and you are truly free in the eternal, timeless sense that does not depend on time and space. Because even though you still maintain a physical body, you are not limited to time and space. You know you are more. And you know that all these appearances are only temporary projections on the screen of life.

This, my beloved, is true freedom. It is the freedom of the seventh ray. And indeed the seventh ray is in polarity with the first ray. Which is why I will now withdraw and allow the chohan of the first ray to give you further teachings on freedom.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Let the people of Europe choose the Living Christ!

TOPICS:  Who will bear witness to the true path of Christ in Europe – Enough of the false path of anti-christ! – Stop sleepwalking through life – The illogical mindset of science – Why a democracy cannot guarantee freedom – The temptation of the death consciousness – Come into the consciousness of life – Encourage each other – The Alpha and Omega of the Living Christ – Civilization cannot progress until people recognize the ego – Open your hearts to the unconditional love of Christ –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus, October 1, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

Who will bear witness to the true path of Christ in Europe

I AM the Living Jesus Christ and I come at precisely 11:11 in the morning to signal that this is the eleven o’clock line for the continent of Europe. And the eleven o’clock line is indeed the line of victory. Thus, I, Jesus, desire to see an awakening on this continent, whereby the people will realize that there is a Living Christ beyond the dead Christ that they have been presented by the dead churches for so long.

Therefore, I AM here to pronounce the judgment upon the dead Christian churches, wherever they are found, in all corners of the world. But especially on this continent of Europe, where indeed modern Christianity as you know it was hatched as a plot by those who wanted to stop the fulfillment of my plan for the Piscean Age! And thus, they merged the Roman state with the emerging Christian church, a church that had already departed from my true teachings by becoming so focused on the crucifixion, the suffering and the consciousness of Peter—who, although he had the opportunity to be reborn and enter the true path, denied me before men three times and therefore squandered that opportunity.

Enough of the false path of anti-christ!

And thus, the Roman Catholic Church – who claims to have authority as the true Christian church because it is based on Peter as the first Pope – makes an entirely false claim, when it claims that Peter could represent Christ. Peter did indeed represent the false path, the path that seemeth right unto a man because it is convenient and does not require you to step up higher, to step outside of the box of your comfortability. Thus, from its very inception, the Roman Catholic Church has denied the essential aspect of the path to Christhood, namely that you are willing to enter the Path of Life and leave behind the path of death and the consciousness of death.

And this consciousness of death, disguised as the true path and the true church of Christ, has indeed been hanging over this European continent now for 1,700 years. And I, Jesus Christ, have had enough of it! And thus, I am looking for those who have also had enough of it and who will choose to be my mouthpieces and give witnesses to the truth that there is a Living Christ and a living path behind the dead path that has been presented by Christian churches, going all the way back to the Roman empire. But also through the Protestant churches who claimed to have corrected the errors of the Catholic Church but never went back to the very inception of the Catholic Church and realized that you cannot be on the path of Christ if you deny Christ before men and if you refuse to come up higher and leave behind the death consciousness.

Thus, the eternal question, presented by the Living Christ is, “Will you choose life or will you choose death? Will you continue to choose death or will you leave behind the consciousness of death and be reborn into the consciousness of life, that the Living Christ bestows upon all, as his body and blood that is broken for all who are willing to take it?”

Thus, the question to ask yourself is, “Am I alive in a spiritual sense? Or am I still weighted down by some aspect of the death consciousness that then makes me feel burdened, overwhelmed, focused on myself or whatever it may be?” I ask you who are here and all who might hear or read this, to take a minute to center in your heart and ask yourself that question. “Am I really alive right now? Am I fully alive?” Or is there an entirely new level of life that I perhaps have glimpsed but have not yet internalized and become? So my beloved, ask yourself this question honestly, “Am I fully alive?”

Stop sleepwalking through life

Now then, I am not in any way trying to make you feel burdened or guilty for not being alive. I am trying to help you see that almost everyone is still, to some degree, burdened by the death consciousness. For it is indeed a black cloud hanging over the planet. Yet what I hope I can help you see is that there is something beyond that death consciousness and that it is possible for you to step up and glimpse that consciousness of life. And then internalize and embody it, until it becomes your everyday reality and you are in that consciousness 24 hours a day and radiating that consciousness, sharing it with all people.

This is truly the goal of the path of Christhood—to be fully awake, fully alive all of the time and to not sink into that death consciousness that makes you just sleepwalk through life. Yes, your ego is shaking in its boots as you are hearing these words because it knows that when you are fully awake, there will be no room for the ego. And thus, it has come up with thousands of cleaver schemes to prevent you from being fully awake, to prevent you from letting that light shine. And it has found an inroad into almost everyone’s consciousness, that causes you to think that you should not be awake, you should not let your light shine, or that you should not be awake in certain situations. This is the trap. And it is very subtle because – through the force of habit – you become so accustomed to it that you barely realize that you have slipped away from the consciousness of life into the consciousness of death.

Do you not see, my beloved, that all true spiritual teachers, that have come to this planet throughout the ages, have had the same message and the same goal? And that is to awaken people to the reality that there is an entirely higher level of life that they are not even aware of. We want you to be free as we are free. We want you to be all you can be and more. For the potential is always more, for God himself is more, is self-transcendence. For God is the Living God. And the Living Christ is the only begotten Son of the Living God.

And the Living Christ can never, ever be put into a man-made doctrine of philosophy or church or organization or system of any kind. For there is no man-made system that can hold the Living Christ, for he will break whatever chains people put upon him. There are no chains that can hold the Living Christ, and thus there should be no chains that can hold you. There should be no prison that can hold you for an entire lifetime—if you are willing to exercise the potential you have been given by God, the potential to become the Living Christ on earth.

The illogical mindset of science

This does not mean that you are always speaking the way I am speaking now. The Living Christ can speak in many different ways and can be soft and gentle. But I am speaking sternly now because I am speaking into the mass consciousness of this European continent. And I tell you, that consciousness is so dense that unless my words are piercing, they would have no chance of penetrating that consciousness.

This death consciousness has been hanging over this continent for so long, that it has become so solidified in certain areas that it is almost impenetrable by anything. Yet nothing is impossible to God. And certainly, nothing is impossible to the Living Christ who knows he is not the doer but it is the Father doing the works through him. And thus, I take this opportunity to speak the words that can penetrate this density of consciousness, the death consciousness, the mechanical consciousness of thinking that there is a mechanical path to God.

Whether it be the path presented by the Catholic Church and the Christian churches or the path presented by science—which really is no path but simply says that everything is the result of a game of chance. But how is it possible that science discovers still deeper and deeper layers of order and organization, yet they claim that all this order came out of a completely random process? This is so illogical that it is time to say, “The emperor of science has nothing on!” For truly, an orderly and sustainable universe could not have come about by chance, by a random process. It must be the result of an intelligent mind holding a vision for that universe and then imposing that vision on the Ma-ter light, so that the Ma-ter light outpictures the vision.

And this then gives rise to the recognition that all self-conscious beings have the power of mind to impose the vision on the Ma-ter light, and that is why human beings have been able to create something that is lower than the vision of earth held in the Mind of God. And that is why you see so many imperfect conditions on earth. It is not a matter of God creating in this way. Nor is it a matter of a game of chance so that there is no real systematic way to improve life.

Has not science systematically improved the material conditions of life on this continent? Then does it make sense to say that everything is random? Is it not more logical, indeed, to say that human beings have the power of mind to envision a future that is different from their current reality? And thus, if they envision a future that is lower than their current reality, they will create that future and they will create the dark ages for an entire civilization. And if they break the mold of thinking and start envisioning a brighter future, they will create a better future as has indeed happened on the European continent since the emergence of science and the age of Enlightenment.

Why a democracy cannot guarantee freedom

What is the blindness that prevents human beings from realizing that they are creating their own reality, for better or for worse? And that the only way to create a better future for this planet is to become more aware of the power of the mind, and then make the decision to choose the consciousness of life and create the future based on the consciousness of life, instead of continuing to create the future partially based on the consciousness of death.

It is the next logical step that human beings realize the power of their own minds. For did I not say, 2,000 years ago, that the kingdom of God is within you? Well, what is within you? Well, surely it is your mind that is the innermost core of your being, your consciousness. And therefore, what you hold in your mind is what you create in your outer so-called reality. This is an essential truth that must be brought out in this age. For has it not been said that he who fails to learn from the past is destined to repeat it? And have you not seen this European continent be torn apart by war after war, where the one war set the stage for the next war in a seemingly endless spiral?

Thus, I come also to bring forth the judgment of the Living Christ upon the consciousness of war, the consciousness of power, the consciousness of wanting to preserve power at the cost of enslaving the people and destroying society! For do you not see that the essence of life is self-transcendence? And therefore, nothing will remain the same. If it does not grow in an upward spiral and becomes more, then it must inevitably go into a downward spiral until it self-destructs, and in that self-destruction there is the rebirth of a new reality. This is precisely what happened with the Roman Empire, that would not transcend itself and take the power that was vested in one person and divide it up among the people as was the true matrix for the Piscean Age.

What did you see for most of the Piscean Age? You saw a form of government where one person was at the top of the pyramid, and he had absolute power over those below him, whether it be the Pope or a king or an emperor—or a Führer. You saw the one person who had absolute power. But was I, when I walked the earth, a person with absolute power? Nay! For the Christ has no need for power. Look at what I did with the Christian movement. I was there as the leader to bring forth a teaching and set an example, and when that was done I disappeared and I left the entire movement, not to one disciple but to twelve and those beyond.

Was the Christian movement, in its beginning days, not more like a democracy than like a totalitarian organization? Yet it was not a democracy in the sense that everybody voted based on the human consciousness. It was a democracy in the sense that people were meant to have their Christ discernment, so that they did not vote or make decisions based on the human consciousness, the death consciousness. But indeed, all had some Christ discernment, and therefore could come into oneness, could come into union in knowing what was right, what was the next step. Because they were led by the Spirit, by the Comforter, that I sent to all those who are willing to receive it.

Thus, even though a democracy is certainly a step up from the totalitarian regimes of the past, a democracy is by no means a guarantee for a free society where all have equal opportunity. A truly free society can happen only when there is a critical mass of people who have some degree of Christ discernment and are willing to exercise it by speaking out, by bearing witness to the truth that they see through that Christ discernment.

If everybody is trapped by the human consciousness, by the death consciousness, and cast their vote based on that consciousness, what do you think will happen to a democratic nation? Well, my beloved, surely only those people who are embodying the death consciousness will even be able to run for office and be recognized as candidates by the political parties. And thus, you see in every democratic nation that the leaders are a reflection of the consciousness of the people. And if the people do not have any level of Christhood, then they simply cannot attract leaders who have any level of Christhood.

And thus, the entire nation will go into a downward spiral, as El Morya and Saint Germain were explaining has happened to many of the nations in Europe, where there are more and more problems that seem to have no solution. Well, these problems have no solution precisely because the problems that are created through the death consciousness cannot be solved through the death consciousness. And therefore, the only viable solution is to reach up higher for that vision of Christ that helps you see that there is indeed a solution. But the solution is not at the same level as the problem. The solution can be brought about only when people are willing to abandon their old ways, their comfortable ways—to let the old ways die, to give up the ghost of the old ways and then come up to an entirely higher approach, a higher world view.

This is precisely what is lacking in the European nations. But as both El Morya and Saint Germain said yesterday, it is close. It is right under the surface. And it just needs some final steps that can break through that ice and start it flowing downstream so that the river can be cleared. And that final step can only come from those who are the most spiritually mature people, those who are willing to honestly recognize that they are still trapped by certain elements of the death consciousness and then willing to look that death consciousness squarely in the eye and say, “Get thee behind me Satan! For you have no part of me anymore!”

The temptation of the death consciousness

My Beloved, there are many people who have followed the spiritual path for a long time. There are many people who have studied the teachings of the ascended masters, practiced our techniques, be it decrees or rosaries, and they have done so diligently. And they have made progress by doing so, but there will come a point where you will not make any further progress until you start to consciously make what I have called LIFE decisions.

It is a law of God that the devil is allowed to tempt you. For in being tempted by the death consciousness, you have the opportunity to choose life and prove that you are willing to choose life. And you see the example of how I was tempted by the devil after my stay in the wilderness. And the stay in the wilderness symbolizes that I had withdrawn from the ways of the world, from the consciousness of the world, and put my entire attention on the kingdom of God within me until I connected to that kingdom.

And then, I faced the challenge that when you connect to the kingdom of God and reach a certain level of Christhood, you cannot just sit there in your cave and meditate and be in bliss, for the world is crying in pain. And the role of the Living Christ is not to remove himself from the world, but to be in the world while not being of the world—and thus demonstrate to the people of the world that there is a higher way, not just a different way, but a higher way.

And thus, the Living Christ must go out, and in going out the Living Christ then meets the consciousness of the world as was exemplified by the devil who came to me and tried to tempt me into perverting or aborting my mission to bear witness for the absolute truth of God. The devil tried to tempt me into pursuing worldly goals or denying my Christhood or using it in frivolous pursuits of creating miracles or tempting God to save me.

This is a temptation, but I must tell you that although I was tempted three times, it does not actually mean that the devil can tempt you only three times. For you are the one who must decide how long you will allow the devil to keep tempting you, how long you will allow the worldly consciousness to pull you into this direction or that direction and pull you away from bearing witness to the truth and letting your light shine.

There are people who have been on the spiritual path for decades and who are still allowing the devil to tempt them on a daily basis because they have not been willing to take a firm stand on the rock of Christ and say, “Enough is enough! Get thee behind me Satan!” When you make that decision and you are completely resolved, so that you make it with every part of your being – so that you are not a house divided, but you are of one mind, your eye is single in being focused on the one vision of Christ – then the devil will flee from you. The worldly consciousness will flee from you in the sense that it cannot touch you anymore.

This obviously does not mean that you will not encounter that consciousness. For when you interact with other people, you will encounter their consciousness. But it means that you have established a hallowed sphere inside yourself, and you know that there is a core of your being that the prince of this world, that the forces of this world, that the demons of Mara simply cannot touch. Because it is your hallowed ground. It is the meeting point between your conscious self and your I AM Presence, your God.

This is what I desire to see for each and every one of you, each person who has found my website. For my beloved, the Ask Real Jesus website is far more significant in this age than most of you realize. Think back to how it was 2,000 years ago, how many people recognized my teachings and my disciples as a significant force that would have a major impact on western civilization. Well, it was not very many. For there were not even any written teachings. Nor was there any way to get the teachings out, except by preaching and by word of mouth.

Think about how far we have come in being able to communicate, so that people all over the world can find a higher teaching. The outer teaching that is all they need in order to trigger what they already know in their hearts. For truly, God has written his law in your inward parts. And all you need is an outer stimulus that can help you reconnect to that inner law and that inner truth, and then you can become a spiritually self-sufficient person who has the Christ discernment to know what is real and unreal in your own psyche and in your own world.

Indeed, it will take a period of what I call magnificent confusion before you will have worked your way through the temptations of the worldly consciousness that are many and subtle. Nevertheless, by being willing to enter that state of confusion, to experiment, by being willing to make mistakes and recognizing those mistakes and learning from them, you can shorten the time it takes before you come to that inner wholeness that is sufficient for you to take the firm stand, whereby you can fully and finally rebuke the devil so that he must withdraw from you. Because even the devil realizes that when you take that firm stand on the rock of Christ, if he keeps tempting you, he will judge himself. And since he does not want to hasten his own judgment, he must run away from you.

Come into the consciousness of life

This, my beloved, is the difference between life and death. And I desire all of you to come into the consciousness of life as quickly as possible. I recognize that you cannot all do this in a split second, that you have healing to go through. But nevertheless, spend a little bit of time and attention now and then to ponder the difference between the consciousness of life and the consciousness of death. Reread these words. Listen to them again, when you feel you need to reconnect. Make it a part of your consciousness that you know the goal is to rise above the consciousness of death and enter into the consciousness of life.

If you will make this part of your path, you will make much swifter progress. You will shorten the time until you come to that point of making that ultimate decision to choose life, the final decision that frees you from the fear and doubt that you could fall back down. It is indeed possible to be in embodiment on earth and be beyond the risk of falling back down into the blindness of the ego and the duality consciousness. It is possible to come to a point, where you know you have been spiritually reborn and it simply would not be possible for you to forget that higher state of consciousness that you know is ultimate reality. Certainly, it is always theoretically possible, but in all actuality – having worked your way up through the consciousness of death – you would not again fall for the temptation that caused you to fall so many lifetimes ago, when you first left off from your spiritual teacher.

And this does not mean that you know everything, that you are the perfect human being. But it does mean that you know that you would never again fall back into living a completely unconscious life. And that gives you a sense of peace of mind, which is what you see exemplified in many spiritual people throughout the ages who have come to that sense of inner peace, of knowing who they are and daring to be who they are, even if they are not perfect or still make mistakes and certainly don’t know everything and still need to sleep and take a shower and do these other mundane things that people do to take care of the physical body.

Encourage each other

My Beloved, this is the inner peace that I desire to see you have. For I am the Prince of Peace. I came to demonstrate that it is possible to be on earth and be at peace. And I want all of you to have that peace. And if you are willing to look at the elements of the death consciousness that pulls you away from that inner peace, and do whatever is necessary – use whatever tools that are available in the world or that we have given you in order to work through those elements of death – then indeed you can make progress.

And I think you will recognize, when you who have faithfully given the rosaries, studied these teachings, when you come together with people and you see that they have changed. And suddenly, you can then look in the mirror and see that you too have changed but it was just so gradual that you didn’t notice in your busy daily lives. And I strongly encourage you to help each other see how much you have changed. Not in a prideful way of thinking that you are the most advanced spiritual seekers on the planet. That is not what I am talking about.

I am talking about you acknowledging the growth you see in each other and helping each other realize how much you have grown. Because it encourages you and helps you realize that you can continue to grow and continue to come closer and closer to that state of inner peace, where the world cannot touch you, cannot touch your relationship to God. Because you have discovered the truth that the kingdom of God really is within you and that no human power, not even the power of your own ego, can prevent you from entering that kingdom—when you are willing to leave behind all those elements that pull you back into the outer world.

Nothing can stop you, except your own attachments to the things of this world. And when you realize that, even that is a sense of peace. For you know that if you keep looking at one attachment at a time, as you are able, and letting go of one attachment at a time, you are moving forward step by step toward that breakthrough point, where you can finally let go of the very sense of attachment itself. This gives you that inner knowing, that inner peace, that allows you to say, “I and my Father are one, and there is nothing that can take away that oneness.”

The Alpha and Omega of the Living Christ

So my beloved, I too can be gentle. And it is indeed in order that some people see the gentleness of Jesus. Yet if these people do not recognize that the gentle and loving and kind and compassionate Jesus is the Omega aspect of my God Flame and that I also have an Alpha aspect, then their image of Christ is not complete. For the Omega aspect of the Living Christ does indeed comfort people, love them, raise them up. It is the Omega aspect of Christ that gives people a cup of cold water in Christ’s name. For truly, if people are suffering with a specific problem, then you need to help them overcome that specific problem, instead of giving them a sermon about the higher purpose of life which they are not capable of receiving in their present state of consciousness.

And thus, you did indeed see that when I walked the earth, I healed the sick, I comforted people in whatever state of consciousness they were in, so that they could overcome their afflictions—and by overcoming their immediate affliction, then have the opportunity to move higher. Yet how can they move higher unless they also recognize the Alpha aspect of the Living Christ that calls them to come up higher and to never get comfortable, to never stand still.

The Living Christ is a whole being that embodies all aspects of God and thus has the potential to reach all people and help them take the next step on their path. For it is by taking the next step and continuing to take the next step that you will make it all the way home. There are many false teachers that will promise you that there is a shortcut, so that you can skip a number of steps and jump from your present state of consciousness to the state of enlightenment or being saved or whatever they use to entice people.

But there is no shortcut, for if there was a shortcut, surely all life would already have been saved. You cannot skip steps, and therefore be alert for those who claim that you can be saved or make your ascension without dealing with the ego. For we of the ascended masters are very well attuned to where humankind is at in consciousness. And we know that in this day and age humankind is ready for the teachings on the ego. They are ready to recognize that the ego is the main factor that prevents them from manifesting their Christhood. And thus, I must tell you that any teacher who claims to be teaching about Christhood but is not teaching about the human ego, well that teacher cannot be connected to the ascended masters.

This does not necessarily make them false teachers, for they might still have valid teachings for people at a certain level of consciousness. But if you claim to be teaching about Christhood without teaching about the ego, then you are not in tune with what we of the ascended masters are bringing out in this age. And thus, you must choose which teacher you will follow. And that is why all who are following my website know that the teachings on the ego are essential. You know it is essential for yourself, but I think you also sense that they are essential for humankind.

Civilization cannot progress until people recognize the ego

If humankind does not recognize the existence and nature of the ego, then civilization cannot make that leap of mastering the initiations of the consciousness of Pisces and moving into the consciousness of Aquarius. It simply is not possible. And that is why we are using a variety of people to bring forth teachings on the ego, whether it be psychologists or self-help gurus. I can assure you that anyone who teaches openly, sincerely and honestly about the human ego is attuned to the ascended masters at some level. They may not be officially sponsored as messengers but they are certainly sponsored at some level and inspired to bring out these teachings.

For there are at present very few people who teach about the ego while still being completely blinded by the consciousness of death. And thus, although not all who teach about the ego have the full understanding of the ego, they are very much working for the goal of the ascended masters in this age. And thus, I do recommend that you study teachings from a variety of sources about the ego. Because the more you understand about the ego, the better chance you have that one day the specific words you read will click in your consciousness and release that understanding that helps you see an aspect of your ego that has so far remained hidden.

Even though I try on my website to give teachings on the ego that are suitable for people at many levels of consciousness, the website is not meant to reach every level of consciousness. And I cannot explain every aspect of the ego in so many different ways that I can reach everyone. Thus, there could be another teacher out there who has brought forth a certain teaching, a certain wording, that could help you, that could unlock that understanding. Again, do not limit yourself. I have no desire to see my website become like the movements in the Piscean Age that claimed that they had the only truth or that you should only look at their teachings.

Study the ego from many different angles. Study the spiritual path from different angles. And then use your discernment. For even if you read something that is not sponsored by the ascended masters, that might even contain errors, it is an opportunity for you to increase your discernment. And if you are not willing to study even that which is inaccurate, how can you truly increase your ability to discern between reality and unreality? And how can you then increase your ability to help others.

Do you see, there is no reason to have regrets over the fact that in the past you have studied a teaching that you might not consider to be the highest possible today. For you increased your own discernment by doing so, and you also increased your ability to help those who are still stuck at that level of consciousness. Now that you have come up higher, you can help others come up higher. But had you not known how they think, what questions they have, how could you help them.

Open your hearts to the unconditional love of Christ

Now, my beloved, I desire to give you an opportunity to center in your hearts and to open your heart to experiencing the true unconditional love of Christ, the true love for your being that the Living Christ has for you. So I give you this opportunity to meditate on my Presence in silence while we allow these chants to play.

Take the time you like, until you feel you have had enough. But open your heart to feel the love that I have for each one of you. For that love is all-consuming, is unconditional. It is an ecstatic love that will not accept the mundane, the human love. It will not be held back, it will not be restricted. It wants to flow and it will forever flow, just like you cannot dam up a mighty river. So focus on that love and allow yourself to accept that you are fully worthy to receive the love of Christ.

Jesus has given many more teachings on the ego in the three books about ego illusions, ego games and ego dramas.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Claim your Freedom in Europe!

TOPICS:  A new dispensation for Europe – Old records of anti-freedom – Insensitivity to life – Disinformation is the new weapon of the power elite – Two aspects of freedom – The opportunity to be spiritual has never been greater – Expanding the European Union – How Europe can help stop war – Both communism and capitalism seek world domination – Saint Germain’s vision for Europe – The people must take back their power – Saint Germain’s love –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, September 30, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM! And I AM here, on the continent of Europe, to anchor my Flame of Freedom in a more powerful way than ever seen before. I am here Above, as you are there below, and we are one – as Above so below – in our love for freedom. And thus I ask you to rise and say with me, “I AM FREEDOM! FREEDOM I AM!” (28X)

A new dispensation for Europe

Thus, I Saint Germain, come to let you know, with all the love and gratitude of my heart, that I have indeed received a new dispensation from the Karmic Board that allows me to give a new level of sponsorship to the European nations, who have come together in a true desire to create a more perfect union.

Well do I realize that the current European Union is not a perfect union by any means. Yet I must tell you that there is enough of a potential for a raising up into a more perfect union, that I have been allowed to give a more direct sponsorship than I have had the opportunity to give for a very long time. Thus, I can indeed sponsor the nations of Europe at almost the same level of sponsorship that I am allowed to give to the United States of America. My Beloved this is indeed a major dispensation, and I must tell you that applause is in order. [Applause] Thank you for applauding the fact that so many nations in Europe have indeed risen to a higher level that allows me to anchor the Flame of Freedom on this continent, that truly has seen so much anti-freedom that it almost defies comprehension.

Old records of anti-freedom

A very, very long time ago, in an age that is not recognized by current science, there was indeed a great temple of freedom on this continent. Yet, as the civilization that had built that temple went into a downward spiral, that temple of freedom was attacked from all sides by the forces of anti-freedom, and they eventually succeeded in destroying the civilization – that had decayed from within and become weak – and then moving on to destroy the freedom temple itself.

Thus, after this happened, the entire continent went into a downward spiral of anti -freedom. And it is indeed the remnants of this downward spiral that you have seen manifest so much anti-freedom on this continent in the last thousand years, especially. For have we not seen the emergence of a feudal system that replaced a much freer system in earlier ages, and thus enslaved the population in the hands of a small elite. An elite of people so insensitive to life that they would sit in their elaborate castles and mansions, eating, drinking and making merry, while the people who had provided the labor for the food and their shelter were indeed starving or dying of disease or malnutrition—or simply being over-worked.

I know well that when I walked this earth as the Wonderman of Europe, I worked with the kings and the queens of Europe in an attempt to establish a united states of Europe. And although it may seem like I catered to the noble class and the elite, I can assure you that I was in no way blind to the plight of the people. The reality of the situation was simply so that the people were not ready – yet – to stand up for their own freedom. And thus – foreseeing the potential of the French Revolution and even worse bloodbaths that could have taken place in other nations – I attempted to talk some sense into the royal heads of this continent.

I had little success, as I have little success today, talking to some of the same lifestreams that are now embodied in powerful positions on this continent, in North America, even in Russia and other parts of the world. For you must understand that these people are so blinded by their quest for power, by their absolute belief in their own superiority, by their belief that they have an absolute right to these privileges and that the people should simply serve as their slaves. And because of this blindness, there is no openness in their hearts to look at the people around them and be their brother’s keeper.

Insensitivity to life

Truly, they have a form of the Cain consciousness, although it is not the same shade of the Cain consciousness as you see in the Middle East. For they do not desire to kill their brothers. No, they desire their brothers to work for them and give them the privileges to which they have become so addicted that they literally think they would die if they had to do an honest day’s work. And in some cases some of the them would literally die if they had to do any physical work. But they have no compunctions about letting other people do that work until they die of exhaustion or overwork.

This is an absolute insensitivity to life. I encourage you to tour some of the places found in several nations, where you have museums that have gathered together houses in which the common people used to live a hundred or two hundred years ago. Then tour one of the royal castles that are also found in these nations. And then think about the contrast, of how 95% or more of the population lived in poverty, while the few lived in such elaborate luxury that it is almost incomprehensible how anyone could think they needed or deserved such luxury when their own people were barely surviving.

How can such a state of consciousness ever give rise to a free nation and a free people? Truly, it is inconceivable, as I am sure you can see plain as day. Thus, what needs to happen on this continent is that the people themselves become aware of the power elite and the consciousness of the power elite. For as El Morya said, there is still very much a power elite in the western world, in the democratic world, running the world behind the scenes where the people never see it. These people, many of them, are not elected by the people.

Thus, the people have no choice. They are appointed to positions of power, be it in finance, in the banking systems or wherever it might be. And thus, they cannot easily be voted out of office or removed in other ways. Then, of course, there are the people who serve as the henchmen of the power elite in terms of controlling the information that is available to the people or in terms of serving as the henchmen who immediately execute, or ridicule, or destroy, or cast doubt upon any true idea that comes up but which is not to the liking of the power elite and their philosophy.

Disinformation is the new weapon of the power elite

Thus, misinformation and disinformation have truly become the new weapons in the war for the minds and hearts of the people. And there are people in society today who have it as their job and their life’s calling to cast doubt upon the truth that is being brought out from various sources. The truth about the spiritual reality of life, the spiritual side of life, and the fact that every human being has a spiritual core and a spiritual potential that gives them the potential to rise higher in consciousness and obtain the ultimate freedom. That is the freedom from the human ego and the duality consciousness in which the power elite have been trapped for so long that they no longer see that they are trapped. And they think that their sophisticated intellectual reasoning is indeed the highest truth possible, and it is indeed higher than the reality of God and the truth brought out by the ascended masters through many different sources.

Look how the people in Europe have systematically been programmed for several generations to look with suspicion upon religion. Yes, my beloved, I am fully aware that much of this suspicion comes from the misuse of power that has been seen on this continent, primarily through the Catholic Church. And thus, there is a reality to the fact that people should be suspicious about the misuse of power in religion. But this does not mean that you throw out the Christ child with the dirty bath water of the Church.

It means that you rise to the discernment of seeing that while there is misuse of power and misinformation and false doctrines, there is a reality behind it all. And Jesus was not simply a humble peasant or a simple spiritual teacher, nor was he the only son of God or the Lord who will save the world without you having to do anything. Because beyond all these man-made concepts, there is a reality. And you can see that reality when you are willing to go beyond the dualistic mind. Yet the power elite does not want the spiritual people in Europe to realize the reality of Christ and his inner teaching. In fact, I must tell you that there is a power elite in Europe who is disguised as genuine spiritual and New Age organizations and teachers and gurus, who have it – behind the scenes – as their mission to destroy people’s belief in Christ and the reality of Christ.

Two aspects of freedom

For again, how shall this continent manifest true freedom? There are two aspects of freedom, there is an Alpha aspect and an Omega aspect. The Omega aspect is political and economic freedom, so that the people are not oppressed through physical means. But the spiritual aspect of freedom is a freedom of the mind, the freedom to know truth, to know reality. And how shall that freedom of the mind come about? It can come about only when people attain Christ discernment, attain the mind of Christ, that allows them to rightly divide the word of truth, to separate the real from the unreal and see the unreality of the Catholic Church without going into the black and white thinking of rejecting all religion or the gray thinking of thinking that they can come up with their own spiritual truth and do not have to reach up for the Christ discernment that allows them to see the spiritual reality, rather than some man-made doctrine or concept or philosophy that is convenient and allows them to live a comfortable life while feeling that they have some kind of spirituality.

So my beloved, I, as El Morya, have spent embodiments on this continent. I have given much light, much of my thoughts and ideas, in order to raise the consciousness of this continent, in order to bring about a Golden Age of Freedom. I have released much technology, in the Industrial Revolution and forward, that has indeed helped this continent reach a high state of political and economic freedom, where people are not as oppressed as they were for example in the Soviet Union or under the old non-democratic governments on this continent.

The technology that I have sponsored and inspired has allowed people to escape the drudgery of having to spend all of their time and energy just making a living. They have indeed attained a higher degree of freedom. And my vision for giving people political freedom and economic freedom was that by having the free time and the free energy, the free attention, they would put their minds, put their attention, on the spiritual side of life and their own spiritual growth. They would reach up for something higher.

So you see, there has been a very deliberate attempt by the forces of anti-freedom to sabotage my plans by turning the people away from religion completely. Or turning them away from seeking the higher truth and seeking only that form of spirituality which is convenient and which allows their egos to continue to control them while they feel they are very spiritual people.

The opportunity to be spiritual has never been greater

My Beloved, look at this continent. Look at the freedom people have. In many nations there is a welfare system, where people can theoretically maintain at least a basic standard of living without working at all. Now, I am not recommending that you go out and do this. But it is a fact that you could indeed justify having a certain number of people who lived off the welfare system while spending their time on true spiritual pursuits. Thus, in essence, doing what the monks and nuns did in the old days, when they lived in monasteries and focused their entire lives on spirituality.

Yet even beyond this, you have so many people who have lots of freedom. Some do not need to work full time to maintain a living. Others have pensions or other forms of income that allows them lots of free time. Just think what could happen if just a percentage of these people would use their freedom to focus on the spiritual side of life. Imagine that they gave rosaries, meditated or used other spiritual practices. Imagine that they studied individually. Imagine that they came together in groups and discussed spiritual topics. Imagine that they wrote about spirituals and challenged the lies of the power elite by giving people the spiritual meat that can set their minds free from these lies.

Just imagine how it was, just a couple of hundred years ago, when many people worked ten or twelve or more hours a day. At the same time as they were raising children and never had the time to sit down and contemplate the meaning of life or give a rosary or read a book, for no books were even available. So imagine what people have today, and just imagine that they started using it for something spiritual, instead of allowing themselves to be sucked in to the many addictions that are deliberately presented by the entertainment industry. Or consider the many other pursuits that make people addicted to this or that or the next thing, that takes their energies down, down, down in a self-destructive spiral, that eventually ends up taking all of their freedom and imprisons them in a box of negative energy, where they are so burdened that they can barely move and they can barely raise their eyes and say, “God, there has got to be more to life.”

It is, in fact, so that there are many people who have economic and political freedom, who have free time, who have free energy and free attention. Yet they are less free than many people were a century or two ago. Because their minds and their emotional bodies have been sucked into so many different addictions that there is hardly any attention left for them to ponder any deeper meaning of their existence. Yet it should be natural that when people do not have to spend all of their time on making a living, their attention should turn to the deeper topics of life, the deeper questions presented by the fact that you are alive, that you are conscious and that you have a mind that is able to ask questions and say, “Why am I here?”

Yet my beloved, so many people act as if it is dangerous to consider such questions. And in a sense one can hardly blame them for this reluctance, for have they not been fed a schizophrenic world view by, on one side, the Christian churches who hold on to doctrines that are so outdated that it is a shame to even consider that modern intelligent people could believe in some of these doctrines. And on the other side, they have a scientific establishment which pounds into their minds over and over again that life is a game of chance, that they are highly evolved animals but nothing more, and that they, their consciousness, will die when the body draws its last breath.

So, in a sense, it is understandable that people do not know how to deal with the deeper questions. But this can change very quickly, when the consciousness is raised by people such as yourselves. And when people are presented with a teaching that actually makes sense, a teaching about God and about the spiritual side of life that makes sense. Which of course is what we are striving to do through people in various capacities who have an open mind and heart to the new ideas, that must be brought in for the Aquarian Age to come into manifestation as a Golden Age of Freedom.

And you could all count yourselves among these people, even if you do not see yourselves as writers or speakers. You talk to people, and you can be who you are and share your heart flame. See yourselves as part of the movement that will bring the spiritual awakening that is the absolute necessity before there can be true freedom on this continent. For only a spiritual awakening will bring about the consciousness of peace that can prevent more wars, conflicts and bloodshed on this planet.

Expanding the European Union

And thus, let me say that one of the main reasons that I have been allowed to again anchor my Flame of Freedom and give sponsorship to the European nations is indeed the expansion of the European Union towards the East, that you have seen in these last few years. For it is a fact that by reaching out to the former communist nations in eastern Europe, the nations of western Europe have indeed shown a willingness to be their brother’s keeper and to help raise up those nations who are far behind economically and politically. And I am well aware that there is a power elite behind the scenes, who see this as an opportunity for them to expand their markets, so that people, even in a small village in Romania, can enjoy the freedom to drink Coca Cola. For to them this is the ultimate goal and the ultimate sign of civilization—that you can drink a drink that will destroy your health.

Yet it is also undeniable that there is a true willingness on the part of the richer nations in Europe to share their wealth, to reach out and to help other nations rise financially. This is nowhere more clear than in Germany, where you have seen the people of West Germany make great sacrifices after the reunification to raise up the eastern part of that country—with great difficulty and with great reluctance from the people who had become addicted to communism. I see this as a great opportunity. And I trust that if enough spiritual people will decide to raise their consciousness and do the necessary work, then this can be a positive spiral that can start—rather than being the new Europe that the power elite envisions.

How Europe can help stop war

Now for a topic that is even more serious, namely the topic of war and how the European nations can contribute to stopping war. My Beloved, we have stated clearly in the Invocation for Peace that for peace to come about, someone must start turning the other cheek. Someone must start refusing to respond to violence with violence. Someone must be the forerunner. And who will that someone be and how will they do it?

Well is it inconceivable that some of the smaller nations in Europe could come to a point, where they would simply abandon their military, where they would simply say, “We refuse to have a military force in this new Europe. For we will not contribute to the potential for war by acting as if we need a military in order to defend ourselves against the threat that surely is not as serious as it was in past ages.”

I know that for many nations this will be a radical suggestion. But do you see that sooner or later someone must take this step? Some nation must decide that if we are to have peace on earth, they must take the step of abandoning all military force. I am not saying that all nations could do this, given current world conditions. Certainly, the United States could not do this because there must be a nation that has enough military to deter certain other nations from starting a process of worldwide conquest, which is still not completely out of the question.

Yet the logic is clear. Some nations in Europe could indeed abandon the military and simply declare themselves to be war-free zones. You have seen two nations in Europe who for a very long time have remained neutral and have refused to go into any alliance. Those two nations are Sweden and Switzerland. Those two nations both maintain a fairly capable military because they feel that they need to defend their neutrality. And surely they did need to defend their neutrality, while the shadows of the Russian Bear or the Nazi Eagle were hovering over this continent.

But do they actually need a military today? Do some of the other nations need a military? Can there forever be a NATO in a United Europe, or can NATO have the form that it has today, where it is so dependent on the United States that many nations felt obligated to go along with the United States’ adventures in Afghanistan and Iraq—which now virtually every nation in Europe realizes was a mistake.

So when will there come a nation that has the courage to say, “We will lay down our arms. We will refuse to fight, come what may.” Is that not exactly what the people of India did, when they were inspired by Gandhi? And did they not succeed in defeating the British themselves, the biggest colonial power on earth, through non-violence. So could it not send shock waves through the world consciousness if some nations had the courage to take the bold step of abandoning their military?

My Beloved, I am speaking this into the mass consciousness. For I want it to be anchored there, as a seed that can sprout and eventually set root and become a strong plant that awakens people to see that a new age has dawned, and in a new age certain choices must be made. Certainly, it was the nations of Europe that were among the first to abandon slavery and say that we cannot own other people as slaves. Well then, is it not a logical next step to say that we cannot force people into a uniform and force them to go out and kill their fellow men.

Even Gandhi himself was hesitant about the possibility of defeating Nazi Germany through non-violence. He thought it could be done but at an infinitely higher price than what had happened in India. Yet I must tell you that Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union could indeed have been defeated through non-violence. But even today the threat is far less than it was ten or twenty years ago.

I am not blind to the fact that Russia still maintains a capable military. But I must give you a realistic assessment, that the Russian military is not nearly as capable as many people think, and certainly nowhere near the capability it had during the communist era. And even then it was overrated, as they say. For there would have been much chaos, had the Soviet military, actually had to engage in a war. Today it would be virtually impossible for Russia to engage in a large-scale conquest in Europe.

And certainly, by the time more nations were ready to abandon their military, the consciousness of Russia would also have changed to the point where it would be feasible to create an unarmed zone in many European nations. So this is a step that eventually must be taken, for it does not make sense to have a free democratic society which is still dependent on a military to fight off a threat that would not be there if the consciousness of that nation was raised, so that the duality itself would not create its own opposition.

You see, it is not the people who want to fight wars. It is the power elite who wants to fight wars. And that is why they want nations to have a military. It is also the power elite who wants to make money out of selling military hardware and therefore wants to create artificial conflicts between nations that force them to enter an arms race that can bankrupt them, as nearly happened to the Soviet Union and the United States.

The people themselves must stand up and demand that their leaders find peaceful solutions to all problems. And when a nation enters the consciousness of seeking peaceful solutions, then the logical step is that a military is no longer necessary. For if you truly believe that every problem has a peaceful solution, why would you need a military to seek non-peaceful solutions? You may think that I have become a pacifist in my old age. Yet I am simply being realistic. Times have changed. And when times change, people must abandon the old thought patterns. Otherwise, a new age cannot come into full physical manifestation but will be stopped before it breaks through to the physical octave.

And thus, those of you who are the spiritual people must realize that – in large part, by the spiritual work done by many of the ascended master students over the last several decades – the threat of war and violence has decreased to a level, where it is necessary for nations to start thinking about non-violent solutions. Surely, I do not expect any nation to abandon its military within the next couple of years. But I do expect that some nations will begin to debate the necessity of maintaining all this military hardware and in essence putting themselves in a codependent relationship with the big multinational corporations who have the capacity to produce military hardware.

Both communism and capitalism seek world domination

Surely, many nations have military equipment produced in the United States, but produced by big multinational corporations that have virtually no national loyalty whatsoever. And again, this is one of the things that needs to happen in Europe—that you realize that you cannot allow corporations that have no loyalty to a nation, or to a people, to take over behind the scenes and influence a nation’s economy to a point, where they could almost bankrupt a nation because the economy of some of these large companies is indeed bigger than the economy of some small nations.

And thus, this is a situation that cannot ultimately lead to freedom. For as El Morya indeed was talking about communism and capitalism being two sides of the same coin, you must realize that the ultimate goal of capitalism is world domination, as it was the ultimate goal of communism. But instead of the state, it will become these large multinational corporations who will eventually merge into one conglomerate, that will then be so powerful that they can dictate the course of nations, regardless of the elected representatives of the people. Obviously, this is already occurring to a large degree, but I can tell you that it could be far worse than it is at the present. And it is indeed very possible to turn back this situation by the people raising their awareness of what is happening behind the scenes and demanding that their elected representatives free their nations from this yoke.

My Beloved, what sense does it make that a nation, a free democratic nation, should owe billions and billions of dollars or euros to some multinational banks that have no national loyalty whatsoever? They are run by power elite people, the very same souls who three or four hundred years ago were sitting in their castles and mansions, living off of the people, and who are still today living off of the very same people, even though the people generally have a higher standard of living.

This is another thing that must happen in Europe—that people must wake up and realize that the comfortable economic situation that they have in many western nations, the welfare system, is bought at a price and that price is their own freedom. Because they have sold out their nations and themselves to these multinational financial institutions who are pulling the strings behind the scenes. And who – for every euro spent by the people – are extracting their pound of flesh, even though they are not working for it and are providing no services and are indeed not multiplying the economies but simply hoarding to themselves by bleeding the people.

This is the opposite of the principle of multiplying the talents. And it simply cannot be allowed to continue. And it will be allowed to continue as long as the people do not stand up and demand a free economic system, where they do not have to pay interest to multinational banks, who should have no business whatsoever lending money, creating money in some cases out of thin air, and charging interest for that money.

This is a completely ungodly system that originated in the Middle Ages in the beginning of the Industrial Revolution and has truly prevented a far greater economic growth. It has prevented the manifestation of the vision that El Morya was talking about—much greater abundance and freedom in Europe and elsewhere.

Saint Germain’s vision for Europe

I too hold a very high vision for what could happen in Europe, not only economically but also culturally and spiritually. This continent is literally ready for a change that is as far-reaching as the bringing forth of democracy or the industrial revolution. This can happen within a decade or two. But right now the people’s vision is not clear enough and their willingness to take a stand for truth is not strong enough that they can break through the opposition, the stranglehold of the power elite, and actually get to a point where they can push aside that opposition that is holding back the growth of this continent.

This, my beloved, is a very real possibility. If the people will wake up and realize what is going on and realize their own power, the power of their minds, the power of their voice, the power of their votes when they are cast right and when they demand the real candidates who can run their nation and have a Flame of Freedom. The people have far more power than they realize. And it has always been so, and that is why the power elite can retain power only by keeping the people in the state of illusion, where they either do not realize they have power or where they actually deny their power to bring about change.

And this is what you see as a dark cloud hanging over this continent—that people still believe that they have no power to bring about change. And it is precisely because, for centuries, the Catholic Church told them they had no power because they were miserable sinners. And now for almost a century the scientific establishment has told them they are no more than animals, and therefore they have no spiritual power. But I must tell you that it is time to challenge that lie and that illusion. And you are indeed examples of what can happen when people are willing to challenge the lie that you have no spiritual power and come into the realization that you have power and the willingness to claim it, and the willingness to take a stand and simply demand – even if you are standing in your own room – and demanding freedom, demanding an awakening of the people as you do in the rosaries. Even this has power, but far more does it have power when people start to speak out.

And I can tell you that if the people in Europe, or in any one nation, would wake up and demand change, then you should see those people in the governments and in the financial institutions and other power elite institutions, you should see them shaking in their boots. For there is nothing they fear more than the people awakening and taking a stand. For they have seen throughout history that every time that happens, they have to retreat, for they know they cannot stand up to a united population who demands change.

The people must take back their power

So I tell you, “Claim your right to be free—spiritually, economically, politically.” Start with the spiritual freedom and then radiate that light. Let your Light of Freedom shine so that other people can see it. And then share with them how you have obtained your freedom, your peace of mind. And then, as they are more open, share with them the fire of your heart that you have attained—through your love for freedom, through your willingness to challenge your own ego, to look it in the eye and say, “You have no more place in my consciousness, I want you out of my system.” Likewise, you must gather, you must claim, the power to stand up and say to the power elite, “You have no more power in my nation. I want you off this continent!”

This is the only thing that will bring about a swift revolutionary change, whether it be in Europe or elsewhere. Someone must take that ultimate stand and say, “Enough is enough! Change must happen!” Not in a way of threatening, that if you don’t change, we will kill you as they do in some revolutionary movements. No, you simply need to make the claim, to state your claim, to state your truth and then allow God to work through you and do the rest. For I assure you that when even a small percentage of people will take that stand for freedom, then others will be awakened and suddenly there will be a popular movement, a popular awareness. And people will wake up and say, “Why have we not claimed this freedom long ago? Why have we accepted these positions for so long? It is time for a change. It is time for a new wind to blow on this continent and in this nation.”

My Beloved, I am grateful for your willingness to endure with me in what I know is a long discourse that has touched upon certain topics that may seem dire. Yet again, as El Morya said, we speak into the mass consciousness. And thus, our words go out as rings on the water. They spread through that mass consciousness, and they will start to break up the encrusted thoughts and beliefs that people have held for so long. And it is almost like ice that breaks up in the spring, when the rivers start moving and suddenly cracks appear. And suddenly there is a sound, like the rushing of a mighty wind, and suddenly the ice starts moving downstream and breaking up. And then patches of clear water appear, and now you know that spring is on its way.

This is the vision I desire to hold for you. For when you look at outer conditions, you think they are so solid and unchangeable. But I tell you, they are just like ice that is covering what is beneath. And what is beneath is the River of Life itself. And once you tap into that river, then the ice will start breaking up, and you will suddenly see a change and know that a corner has been turned and that things will never again be the same, for now a new day is here.

This is the vision I desire you to hold, that under this continent of Europe is the River of Life that is ready to break up that ice and move it so far out to sea, in the Atlantic ocean, that it will simply melt away in the warm currents, never again to oppress this continent. Hold that vision. Hold it even for your personal lives and allow yourselves to realize that whatever conditions you are facing in your own lives, it is just a thin sheet of ice. And if you increase that flow of Light from your own I AM Presence, it will break up and start washing downstream, until it is consumed by the Flame of Life, the Flame of Freedom itself.

Saint Germain’s love

My Beloved hearts, I too can be gentle when I am done being firm. And I desire you to know that I, Saint Germain, have a great love for the continent of Europe and for the people of Europe. This is a love that is very old, very tender and very warm. I still hold a vision for this continent that it can be a beacon for freedom. I know there are many spiritual people, many good people, who want to do the right thing. I know there are many people who hold a vision of a better future, not only for Europe but for what Europe can contribute for the rest of the world.

Thus, I want you to know, and I want all people who might hear or read this to know, that I love all of you with the tenderness of a father who looks on his children, who are growing up and coming into their own, becoming who they truly are. For my beloved, this really is all what we of the ascended masters desire to see from you—that you become who you are, who you were created to be by your spiritual parents. Truly, what more could we want than to know that as we have become free, we have served in some capacity to help others attain that freedom. For when you reach the freedom from the ego, how can you not want that freedom for everyone? And yet you realize that not everyone is ready for that freedom. But that makes you so much more appreciative of those who are willing to strive for that freedom and dedicate their lives to overcoming the human limitations that imprison them in this small little box.

And thus, I am grateful. Ascended masters do not cry as human beings, but I am on the brink of shedding a tear of joy over the fact that so many spiritual people around the world are rising higher and are reaching a state of consciousness where they can become an unstoppable force for good, for freedom. And I am very grateful for the opportunity to speak again on this continent through a messenger who can hold his awareness at my level of awareness for over an hour without sinking below where I can go. I am grateful that you are here and that you have also been willing to keep your attention on my words, so that you have been the open doors for the Light of Freedom to go into the mass consciousness through your chakras, as I have been speaking. A tremendous action has indeed been accomplished. More can be accomplished through the end of this conference. But even what has been accomplished throughout this day is significant.

Thus, I leave you with my gratitude. And I desire you to hold the image that as I say goodbye and send you on your way, you see that glimpse of a tear of joy in my eye. Thus, I thank you, and I seal you in the Flame of Freedom.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

God government versus human government

TOPICS: The power elite behind communism and capitalism – The origin of the power elite – Any government must recognize a power above itself – Why it is essential to have absolute rights – Islam and the ongoing dualistic fight – Europe needs to rise above socialist thinking – Look beyond outer conditions – The potential for a new revolution in consciousness – The power elite wants to limit progress – The potential for a Golden Age in Europe – Loving self-transcendence –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master El Morya, September 30, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

The power elite behind communism and capitalism

And indeed God’s will I AM! You have known me as El Morya because I have given you that name. But I am MORE than that. And it is about the MORE that I wish to speak today, because I desire all of you to see yourself as more than these bodies that are sitting here, even more than the outer minds and the personalities that have been shaped by world conditions, by your parents and by your society. And especially those of you who have grown up in Europe, I desire you to realize that you are far more than you were brought up to think you are, in a Europe that has been heavily influenced by socialist thinking that denies the spirituality of the individual in almost every country in Europe.

Think about how many decades this has been going on, before it finally started turning after the fall of the Soviet Union. Think about how the Soviet Union had infiltrated almost every nation in Europe, had created communist or socialist parties whose entire goal was to spread a socialist-communist ideology which denied the spirituality, the inbuilt God Flame, of the individual, portraying human beings as automatons or robots or mere machines that could be used by the power elite to do their bidding and be their slaves. Almost like worker bees in a beehive or in an ant hill, who had no individuality and no personality but were literally the property of the state—who were supposed to do the bidding of those who happened to be controlling the state.

My Beloved, this is an ideology of anti-christ, and it is truly by the grace of God and the work of many ascended master students, that this ideology was overturned and that the Berlin Wall came down and that world communism was defeated in Russia. This is indeed a great turning point for Europe and for the entire world. Yet we are not out of the woods yet, as they say, for I must tell you that as there is a communist ideology of anti-christ, so there is a capitalist ideology of anti-christ. For as you well know, after having studied Jesus’ discourses on the ego, there are always two extremes in the duality consciousness. And so it is not true – as many of you have also been brought up to believe in the West – that capitalism represented right and truth and freedom and was working against communism.

For I must tell you – if you have not realized already, which many of you have – that capitalism is equally abusive and equally in denial of the individual spirituality as is communism. There is no difference; they are two sides of the same coin. They are two ideologies, two systems, that sprang from the same root. And that root is the denial of the spiritual reality behind all physical appearances.

The origin of the power elite

My Beloved, this denial of the spiritual reality goes back a very long time on this planet and beyond. It goes all the way back to the fall of those beings in previous spheres, who decided that they would not move higher when the realm in which they lived moved higher. Instead, they would deny God, deny God’s will, deny God’s will that all life becomes more. They would choose the path of becoming less, and they would drag as many as they could with them on that path. And as you know from Mother Mary’s book,  when a certain sphere ascends to a higher vibration and becomes part of the spiritual realm, then those lifestreams who are not willing to move on must then descend into a lower sphere, into a lower vibration. And yet because they have descended from a higher sphere, they not only have a sense of superiority, pride and arrogance, but they also have a certain knowledge, a certain attainment, that allows them to be very clever, very intelligent in an intellectual, logical, rational way that is far beyond many of the lifestreams who start in that lower sphere in order to work their way up.

And that is why you have the formation of a power elite who believe they are better than the people and have a right to rule the people and that the people should be their literal slaves. This goes back a very long time to civilizations that are not currently known. But even in your own known history, you can see the pattern. And you see it few places more clearly than here in Europe, where throughout the middle ages you had the feudal lords who owned everything, even owned the people who lived on their land.

This certainly was not God government, nor was it the will of God. It was a totally perverted system. And it should show you that there is nothing that can be given that cannot be perverted by the human ego—as long as most of the people are blinded by the duality of the ego. For it is true that there is a potential that a king can be an enlightened ruler. And if the king is in a higher state of consciousness, he can give birth to an heir that is also in a higher state of consciousness. So the higher form of rule, the higher God government, can indeed be passed on through inheritance. But this system is not fail-proof, as is no system on earth in the current level of vibration of this planet. And therefore, it too became perverted. And you saw throughout the Middle Ages how one insane king would have insane children that would lead on and on and on, until the God government that was meant to be had deteriorated to the point, where it was human government.

Any government must recognize a power above itself

I myself was certainly up against exactly such a king in the form of Henry the VIII [El Morya was embodied as Thomas More]. He was the embodiment of everything that is wrong with human government, the perversion of human government. You see, it was a long time ago that the Israelites, who had prophets, demanded a worldly king. And they were given a worldly king because it is indeed a right system that there is a spiritual branch and a secular branch. This represents, in its pure form, the Alpha and the Omega, where those who are the leaders of the religion, if they have the right attunement to the ascended masters, can serve to bring down the overall picture of God government for a particular nation or even an entire civilization. And then the secular part of the government is the one who takes care of the many day-to-day things in society. Yet when this system works correctly, the secular branch of the government works within the greater framework provided by the religious part of the government.

This can indeed work, but it can only work when the people have a certain level of consciousness. And when the people start falling asleep and are not aware of what is going on, then the power elite will enter into both the secular and the religious branch of the government, and they will start perverting it in order to obtain power. Then it is no more about truth; it is about what promotes or sustains the power of the elite. And at that point, both the religious and the secular aspects of the government will be perverted.

This is indeed what you saw in the Middle Ages. And you saw it very clearly embodied in the Catholic Church, which had imposed a man-made doctrine, a man-made world view, upon the entire continent of Europe, plunging this continent into the Dark Ages rather than the Age of Enlightenment that was envisioned by Saint Germain and other ascended Beings. So you now have a church that is unjustly limiting the population. You have a king who wants an heir and who cannot have it with one woman, so he wants another woman but the Church forbids divorce. So the king goes and withdraws himself and his country from the Church, so he can make his own laws.

There I was as Thomas More, being the king’s chancellor, but I was not about to compromise what I knew to be true in my heart. Contrary to what you might think, based on history, this was not actually based on a loyalty to the outer Catholic Church. For even though I was not fully aware in that embodiment of the faults of the Catholic Church – having simply not the knowledge that you have today and have been given through our websites and other means – I still knew that there were things that were lacking in that Church.

So my loyalty in opposing the King was not so much to the Church, but to God and to the Will of God. Because I knew very well that when the secular government starts making its own rules, then that society will enter a downward spiral that can take it very far down into having one tyrant after another who is misusing his power to oppress the people. For is it not so, that if any power on earth, if any institution or individual, sets itself up as saying that it has ultimate authority and recognizes no authority beyond itself, then you have an open invitation to an abuse of power. And I can tell you that you have never on this planet, or any other planet, seen any individual or institution that could handle absolute power without being corrupted by that power.

Why it is essential to have absolute rights

And that is why it is absolutely essential that any form of government must recognize a higher authority than itself. It must recognize that there is something beyond the material realm and that that something has set forth principles, laws, that are absolute and that no authority on earth can or should circumvent, explain away or nullify. This is an absolute necessity for maintaining a free society. And that is indeed why the founding fathers of the United States of America were inspired with the Declaration of Independence, whose first and foremost aim was to declare their independence of those who had taken on worldly power and did not recognize any power beyond this world. Which is exactly why the Declaration says that all men are endowed by their Creator with inalienable rights—meaning rights that no government on earth has the power to take away or water down.

You should be able to see that what has happened in Europe for several generations is that the democratic freedoms that were won through such a hard fight, in many cases, have indeed been watered down by secular governments who have been influenced by a socialist ideology which recognizes no authority beyond the earth, no authority beyond itself. And therefore, it believes that it can create rules without considering the Will of God and the laws of God and the laws of nature that are God’s design principles that make the material universe work and make it sustainable.

Islam and the ongoing dualistic fight

Thus, you see in the Soviet Union how they thought they could create the perfect man-made system, where the economy would work and give everyone work and provide for everyone, and it could do so indefinitely. Yet in reality had it not been for loans from the West, Communism could not have survived for as long as it did. So why did the banks in the West provide loans to their “sworn enemy” of Communism? Well, it was because they wanted to keep the world in a dualistic fight, so that they themselves could rule behind the scenes, including making money on the entire war machine.

So what you see today is that it finally became clear, even to people in the Soviet Union, that communism was not working, and therefore the Berlin Wall came down. And for a time there was a relative calm, for even the power elite had not quite foreseen that the Soviet Union would collapse as quickly as it did, for they had not taken into account that many of our students had for many years given calls for the fall of communism. So they had not in their calculations taken into consideration the spiritual force that made communism a house of cards. And when the winds of the Spirit started blowing, that house came tumbling down much faster then anyone expected. And even the power elite was taken aback by this.

And yet what do you see today, just a few years later? You see another upcoming force that is serving to maintain the dualistic fight, the “clash of civilizations” and it is now terrorism and what is labeled as fundamentalist Islam, but which really has nothing whatsoever to do with Islam in its true form. For even Islam is clearly a religion that recognizes the Will of God and the superiority of God’s law to the superiority of man. And thus, had Islam been maintained in its pure form, it could never have been what it has become today—a threat to the peace of the world.

Yet why has Islam been put into this role? Well, partly because Islam itself has been perverted by those Imams, and the priests, who have taken Islam beyond what it was meant to be, who have lost the original purity of the teachings brought forth through the prophet Mohammed and who have perverted them into the concept of Jihad and many other concepts that are not in alignment with the Law and the Will of God. So they have put themselves in this position.

But really, what has happened behind the scenes is that the power elite behind capitalism has said, “We need another enemy so we can continue to justify military spending and our exercising power over the people. And thus we will continue to do what we have always done—create fear of an outer enemy in the people, so that they will accept the inordinate spending on military equipment and at the same time accept an erosion of their civil liberties.”

Europe needs to rise above socialist thinking

And this, of course, has worked very well on the other side of the pond, as they say, whereas it has not yet gained the same foothold in Europe. And that is indeed one of the reasons why we look to Europe as having the potential to be, as Mother Mary said, a forerunner for a new awareness that can bring about world peace. For whereas Europe in the past was almost completely ruled by the power elite, it is now the United States that is more influenced by the power elite than Europe.

Although you should certainly not fall into the illusion of thinking that Europe is not influenced by the power elite. Yet I must tell you that the people in Europe do have the potential to awaken themselves and come to a higher awareness that can indeed bring about a more peaceful future, not only for this continent, but for the world as a whole. Yet before this can happen, they must analyze their past and do away with the remnants of socialist thinking that are still influencing virtually every nation on this continent including the nation in which I am now speaking.

For Sweden is a very typical example of a country where the government believes it should run every aspect of people’s lives, and where the people have come to believe that the government should take care of them and that they have a right to be given what they need by the government and at the same time be told by the government how to live. And this becomes a codependent relationship, where one side is the governmental apparatus, which is huge in many nations in Europe. It employes many people who in their thinking see the rest of their lives as government employees, living a certain lifestyle that is comfortable although nothing out of the ordinary. But they accept the security because it is easy for them, and they do not have to make decisions, and thus they want to maintain the governmental system that gives them that security. And on the other side, you have the people who are dependent on that governmental system for various services, and they also want to maintain it.

You see this codependent relationship where nobody really wants to come out and say that the system is not working, that it is in danger of collapsing under its own weight, as you had in the Soviet Union before the Wall came tumbling down. So the people of Europe need to analyze their past and say, “No more of this socialism, no more of this replacing God with the state. We need to get back to a point, where there is both God and man in the government.”

But it needs to be enlightened man, enlightened men and women who are attuned with their God selves and attuned with God and therefore know the Laws of God, not through one religion as you saw in the Catholic Church, for that is clearly a system that does not work. I am not talking about making one religion the ultimate religion or the only true religion in any country in Europe. I am talking about the universal realization that beyond the outer churches and religions, there is a universal body of spiritual knowledge. There is a universal teaching about God’s Law and the laws of nature, and unless a government is based on these timeless, eternal principles, it simply is not sustainable. And it is just a matter of time before either internal factors or external factors will cause that system of government to collapse under its own weight.

This might happen in European nations because the population is aging and because the entire mindset caused people to have less children, to live more comfortable material lives. So you now have a situation where the population ages and there are fewer and fewer people to pay the taxes for the pensions and social services. And this in itself might cause the entire system to collapse.

Another problem is the health care problem. Truly, it is correct and just that people should not be financially wiped out because they have an illness. Yet you cannot have a system either where health care cost becomes a threat to the economic viability of a nation. So there must be a middle way. And that middle way can be found when you understand the purpose, the spiritual purpose, of life, so you are able to create a health care system that seeks to maintain the spiritual quality of life. But it does not seek to maintain the mechanical quality of life of keeping the heart beating for as long as possible through any technological means available, so that you essentially have a vegetable lying there that cannot sustain a spiritual platform for growth.

Look beyond outer conditions

There are many things that need to be changed on this continent. And you might feel overwhelmed when you consider it all. But I can tell you that a breakthrough is much closer than you might think when you look at the outer conditions. And that is exactly why – time and time again – we are telling you that we have need of those who will not be blinded by the outer conditions, who will not be overwhelmed by the outer conditions, who will not think that these outer conditions are permanent and could not be changed, for after all “I am just one little person and what can I possibly do?” Well, certainly, you as a little person cannot solve the problems that your nation is facing. But you are more than that little person, and when you connect to that MORE, then the MORE through you can bring forth the solutions to every problem known to man, be it on this continent and elsewhere.

I can assure you, there is a solution to every problem. But that solution cannot be found through the human will. It can only be found when a critical mass of people will align themselves with the Will of God, which is not an external will seeking to put you in a straightjacket. It is the will of your own higher being. And when you realize that; when you accept that; when you acknowledge that and when you feel the love that you have for your own higher being and feel the love that your I AM Presence and the ascended masters and your Creator have for you, then following God’s Will is not a burden—it is your greatest love. For you came here to bring God’s Will to earth. You did not come here to become a human being, a robot following along with whatever the government tells you to do.

The potential for a new revolution in consciousness

The governments have long ago left the Will of God and have elevated the will of man as the ultimate authority. And even though they claim to be democratic governments who are somewhat open to the will of the people, the reality in most nations is that it is the will of the power elite that is carried out in the politics of the day. What needs to happen is that someone must decide to seek for the more. The will to become more is the first step. And then you become more, and now you become the open door for the more of the Will of God, the energy, the Light, of the Will of God to shine through you.

And what will happen when a critical mass of people decide to be the open doors is that suddenly a shift will occur in the mass consciousness. And suddenly, people will wake up and realize that these old patterns – that we have been perpetuating and repeating over and over – they are not working. And we need to do something different. This is what happened in the Soviet Union. This is what happened in most European nations when the feudal system was abandoned and gave way to some form of democracy or a more enlightened form of government.

Truly, there was the French revolution, which was not the Will of God to become a bloodbath. Yet the French Revolution opened the eyes of many of the rulers of Europe, who realized that times had changed and that if they did not voluntarily let go of some of their power over the people, then the people would indeed finally rise up and take that power through force.

Yet this was in a darker age. And I must tell you that in today’s age there is a potential that an equally great shift can happen in society as the shift between the feudal societies and the democratic nations. But this time it can happen without violence, without bloodshed. It can happen by a mass awakening of the people, who finally wake up and say as the little boy in the fairy tale, “But the Emperor has nothing on! The power elite has nothing on. This socialist-capitalist system has nothing on. It is not working for it takes away the initiative and the responsibility of the individual and thus denies the individual the opportunity to experiment and to learn both from its successes and its failures.”

What has been created in many European nations is a welfare system, a welfare state, where there is a limit to how far you can fall because you can always go on welfare and maintain some standard of living. Yet in the focus on maintaining this bottom line, you have forced all of the people into a lower state of existence than they could have if they exercised their full spiritual potential. You now have nations where nobody dares to exercise their creativity, their spiritual creativity, and bring forth those ideas and inventions that are needed in order to bring the Golden Age into manifestation, even the ideas about free energy that can make the world independent of oil.

Because you have a nation where everybody is trying to just live what they consider to be a comfortable life, and what they consider to be the maximum that they can obtain, then you have strangled initiative. And this is precisely what the power elite wants, because they do not want the people to show initiative. They want to be able to control every new idea, every new invention, so that they can either use it to make money or to expand their power or they can stop it from creating competition that takes away their money or their power.

The power elite wants to limit progress

There is a common misconception that is found in most of the industrialized nations, including in North America, in Europe and elsewhere. And that common misconception among most people is that the world is basically good and that there are forces that are trying to do the right thing, but that sometimes bad things happen and therefore society could not be in a higher state than what we see right now.

This is the same kind of psychology that was perpetuated during the Middle Ages by both the Catholic Church, by the kings and by the feudal lords, the noble class. They wanted the population to believe that there was an upper limit to how far they could go in life. And thus, they should not bother to show initiative, to bring forth new ideas. And certainly they should not bother to challenge the status quo of the power elite.

And many people think that after democracy came into being, then those forces basically disappeared. But surely, you can see that they have survived and that they have simply learned how to use democracy to still further their agenda of power and privilege for the elite and of holding the people down. And this has happened in most European nations through the democratic institutions, through the educational institutions, through the media, where everybody has come to believe that there is a limit to growth, there is a limit to how much society could change, to how rich a nation could become, to how far technology could advance, to how far culture could advance.

And because of that, you see that much of Europe has accepted a lid upon the growth of this continent. Yet, I must tell you that even when you look at the European nations today – and their comfortable lifestyles, their welfare systems, the riches they have – what could be manifested on this continent is infinitely more than what you see right now. The vision that I hold, based on my oneness with the Will of God, is infinitely greater than what you see right now.

In fact, if I were to tell you that vision, your outer minds would not be able to experience it. Even you, who are spiritual people, would find it difficult to experience the vision I hold for the world and for this continent. And many among the people who are not spiritual would consider me a madman if I were to tell them what could happen within just a few decades. For truly, this continent has the potential to change so dramatically that it could become the foundation for bringing true abundance to every continent on this planet. Is it not clear – when you look at South America, when you look at Africa, when you look at the Middle East and certain parts of Asia – that these nations do not have the situation you see in Europe. They do not have the conditions, the outer conditions, nor the momentum that can allow them to transcend their current state from within themselves.

I personally have had several embodiments in Europe, as had Saint Germain, as had Kuthumi and other masters. Why have we chosen to embody on this continent? Because we knew that despite what was going on in the Dark Ages, this continent has the potential to be – along with the North American continent – the primary forerunners for the Aquarian age, for the Golden Age of Saint Germain. And thus we have invested our own light for bringing forth ideas on this continent. And behind the scenes you see that all of the conditions are put in place for a breakthrough to occur. Yet that breakthrough is currently being blocked by the conditions I have talked about, the socialist mindset, the acceptance of an upper limit.

The potential for a Golden Age in Europe

But could that block be cleared away, then Europe could go through an incredible transformation that could then spread far beyond the borders of Europe. Indeed, this is the potential that is real, that is just behind the surface appearances. And indeed, it is the Will of God that this should be physically manifest. And as the embodiment of the Will of God, it is indeed my will for this continent. For even though there has been much darkness on this continent, I hold no negative feelings. I have let go of it all—what I experienced personally, what I have seen other people experience. Even the atrocities, such as the Holocaust or the slaughter of the Russian people by Stalin, even these atrocities I have let go of, I have left behind. And I hold only the vision for the good that could happen on this continent.

And truly, I want you who are the spiritual people to do likewise. Not in the sense that you deny the past, but that you are willing to look at the past and process it in your own beings, so that you can serve as the forerunners for your nations and you can carve a trail in the mass consciousness that other people can follow. And thereby, they too can begin to process the past and come to consciously realize why it was not working, why neither capitalism nor communism will ever work. Why indeed it was never possible to create a man-made system that would provide the ideal society. For I tell you, my beloved, there is no system that will work. What will work is only the living God government that is always in attunement with a greater picture of God’s Will, so that the society, the economy, can transcend itself when the cycle has turned, and it is now necessary to come up higher rather than holding on to the old ways, the old ways of looking at things, the old state of consciousness.

Do you not see, that when you take Jesus’ discourses on the ego and transfer them to the field of government, you see that what the ego wants is to create a society that is static and that can maintain the power and privilege of the elite while keeping the population in such a state, that they are not dissatisfied enough to risk their lives in a revolt against the power elite. What the ego basically wants is to create a human society that functions much like an ant hill, where the population serves to provide the privileges for the elite. And then the ego wants to maintain that society for as long as possible.

But it is not God’s Will to create a static society that will remain the same for ever and ever. It is God’s Will to create a society that is constantly transcending itself, so that the members of that society will be urged to constantly transcend themselves, to learn more, to come up higher, to develop their thinking, to develop culture so that everything is in a state of growth. This is the River of Life. This is how God government is.

And that is why you see so many civilizations in the past that have collapsed. And why have they collapsed? Because they became taken over by a ruling elite who, once they had power, became concerned about only one thing—maintaining their power and their privilege instead of continuing the upward growth, the self-transcendence, of society. This is the mindset of those fallen angels who rebelled against God’s plan when their higher sphere, in which they lived, transcended itself and they could no longer remain.

Do you now see that this is the pattern of stopping growth, of creating a privileged position for themselves and then maintaining it indefinitely? This is the pattern that has been going on for eons on this planet. And it is time that the spiritual people realized this, that they come out of what Jesus has so brilliantly called gray thinking. And realize that it is not enough to be spiritual, to love everyone indiscriminately without Christ discernment. You need to come to that higher state of knowing true love, the love of God, the love that is so one with the Will of God, that it loves the Will of God and that there is no greater love than the Will of God, which is self-transcendence.

Loving self-transcendence

This is the key to growth—to love self-transcendence, to love being more, love becoming more and to not hold on to that which is less. For if you have a thousand dollars or a thousand euros and I tell you that if you will give that thousand euros to the poor, I will give you a million euros in return, would you not do so? Would you not let go of the thousand euros in order to receive more? Would it be a loss for you? Certainly not, because you would have much more.

And that is the mindset that is missing on the European continent. That mindset is much more there in the United States. But the United States has other problems that we have already talked about to some degree and will surely talk about more. But for now I am talking about Europe, and there are many people in Europe who are so concerned about holding on to what they have that they are afraid they could only lose if society changed. And there are many among the population who have adopted this mindset and want the state to continue to take care of them, just as you see people in the former Soviet Union who long back to the days of communism, even though they had almost nothing. They at least had that much, and they knew they would have that whether they worked or not.

For as you probably know the old joke that they used to tell about the communist system: “We pretend to work, and they pretend to pay us.” And that is indeed how many people feel. They want to pretend to work, to do the absolute minimum to get a minimal wage so that they can survive. Because they don’t want to take responsibility for their lives. They don’t want to grow and transcend themselves. And this is the system that has been perpetuating itself, especially on this continent now for almost a century. And it is time that people wake up and realize that it simply is not working and that it cannot work in the long run because it is based on a flawed ideology.

I have spoken at length and your cups are running over. But as you can hear, I have much more to say, for after all, I am the MORE. Yet I shall give you your rest for now. And we shall see whether I, or perhaps my beloved brother Saint Germain, shall continue this discourse. So I thank you, as Mother Mary thanked you, for being here, for being willing to be the open doors. For I must tell you that when you listen to these words spoken by an outer person, there is much more going on behind the scenes. And there is much light streaming through your beings that is being released into the mass consciousness on earth. And you might sit here and think that I am talking to you, but I am also talking to the mass consciousness on this continent. And as these words are spoken physically, they go into this mass consciousness, and they pierce the veil so that more and more people can see what is wrong, what is missing.

And thus, these words spoken in the physical have a far greater effect than you might think. And that is why even a relatively small gathering can bring forth the opening of a new spiral that can eventually, as it is reinforced, provide a breakthrough on this continent. And that is why, again, we are grateful that you are here. For were you not here, then what would be the point of us being here? For you see, the principle is always that we can multiply what you bring to the altar as the servants who multiplied their talents could be given more. Yet if you bring nothing to the altar, there is nothing to multiply, so everything stays at that stalemate, at that catch-22, where nothing is moving.

So again, I thank you, and I seal you in the Flame of the Will of God. Meditate on me, Morya, and I will show you the Will of God for your own lives, for your nation and for this continent. Be at peace in the Will of God, for there is no peace without the Will of God.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Be spiritual regardless of outer conditions

TOPICS:  Jesus was not a celebrity – Look beyond outer conditions – Nothing you can “do” will make a difference – Europe is an essential key to bringing about world peace –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, September 30, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

Jesus was not a celebrity

My Beloved hearts, I am Mary the Mother of all life. For I have become one with the flame of the Divine Mother that truly encompasses all life in the material world and all life in the spiritual realm. I come with a message of peace, of love and of gratitude. For truly, we, the ascended masters, are grateful that you have come to be here with us. It might seem as if we meet in strange places—in this place in Sweden. But think about the conditions that Jesus and his disciples endured many years ago when they walked the dusty roads of ancient Palestine. Many Christians have grown up with a vastly distorted image of Jesus and his image, thinking there was great glory, fame and fortune and that Jesus was treated as the celebrities you have today.

The reality was far different. For Jesus did not stay long enough on earth to become a celebrity as you understand it today. He was not known beyond the borders of Palestine. And even within Palestine he was not known by many people, nor was he revered as he is revered by Christians today. After all, he was born in a manger. And why was this so? It was to show human beings the all-important truth that it is not the way things appear to the outer senses or the outer mind that is important. What is important is what is not seen with the senses but what can be felt and experienced in the heart. This is what counts. This is all that counts. And thus, we have always attempted to help the spiritual people see that it is not the outer appearances that are ultimately real, that the outer appearances are not permanent and that they truly have no power over your mind—unless you allow your minds to become identified with the outer conditions, even with the ego itself.

Look beyond outer conditions

So you see, the call for the spiritual people has always been to be spiritual regardless of the outer conditions they face in their personal lives or on the planet as a whole. The spiritual path, the true spiritual path, is not a matter of attaining outer fame or fortune or the status of a celebrity as some church leaders and some preachers have indeed attained. We do not desire our true servants to be looked upon as celebrities or to be idolized. We do not desire our true servants to set themselves up as being above others. For what is the purpose?

The purpose, the true purpose, of all of our servants is to show people that there is more to life than the outer appearances and that they do not need to be limited or held back by the material conditions they face, or even by the psychological conditions they face in their own minds—but that you can transcend these outer conditions no matter what they are. And you can become more because the real you, what I have called the Conscious You, is more than any outer conditions, more than the ego, more than the outer personality.

You are not a human being. You are not a piece of living meat. You are a spark of the flame of God. An individual spirit spark who has the potential to become one with the All of God’s Being. And yet you are in a physical body on earth. So you face the challenge of balancing the knowledge that you are a spiritual being with the practical everyday reality that you all face on this planet. And this is a challenge that all of us who have descended to earth have faced. Jesus and I faced it. And we sometimes had as much difficulty as you have in balancing the daily reality with our spiritual vision and goals.

My Beloved, this is natural. And I do not desire to see you become frustrated and think that you should be more spiritual, that you should be doing this or doing that, so that you frustrate yourselves and get down on yourselves for not doing enough. For truly we have done so ourselves. We have seen many other spiritual people do so. But in this age, the Age of Freedom, we desire to see many people rise above that, rise above that sense that it is not enough, that you are not doing enough.

Nothing you can “do” will make a difference

But I tell you, that if you are Being who you are, then that is enough. For in Being here below what you are Above, even when you go about your daily activities, you can radiate the Light. And it is truly the Light that will make the greatest difference. I am not saying that you should do nothing to expose the imperfections and the false beliefs on this planet. I am not saying that you should do nothing about bringing peace. Nevertheless, it is a wise student who realizes that there is nothing that you can do that will make the ultimate difference.

Because what will make the ultimate difference is Being. Allowing the Light of God to flow through your lower being in all aspects of life. This is what will make the critical difference on earth. We do not desire you to become frustrated and to come from this sense that, “I need to be doing more,” so that you get yourself in the frame of mind, where you feel like you are always running behind the train, and the train is driving away from the station and you can never quite catch up. And then some people, toward the end of life, feel like now the platform they are running on is beginning to run out, and they still have not caught up to the train. And they become even more frustrated and they try to run even faster.

If I could, I would set you free from that mindset which is another subtle plot of the ego. The ego does not want you to discover the spiritual path. But when it cannot stop you from doing so, it will try to turn your spiritual path into a big frustration, where you feel like you are always behind and it is never enough. So my beloved, allow yourself to know, to realize, that Being is enough. And then focus on establishing that inner contact of Being, contact with your Higher Self, contact with the ascended masters, whomever is closest to your heart.

And then let your doing flow from your centeredness in Being—and that way, your doing will be balanced. And thereby, it will not be you who is doing the work; it will be the Father within you, the God Flame within you, who is doing the work. And thus, you will know the truth, that with men it is impossible to create peace in the world. But with God, with your God Flame, all things are indeed possible. And this is the key.

Europe is an essential key to bringing about world peace

Truly, Europe is an essential key to bringing about world peace. But it cannot happen until the dark energies that were produced by the first two world wars, and so many other wars, have been consumed by the flame of peace. For only then will the European nations and the European peoples be able and willing to look at their past.

Only then will they be able to look at the past without being overwhelmed by the emotional pain of what happened. And only when they look at the past without the pain, will they be able to analyze it and be able to understand the thought process, even the events, that led to war. And then they can free themselves from that mindset and then become a force for spreading the knowledge of peace, the reality of peace, the truth of peace throughout the corners of the globe. As it is right now, the United States – which could have been and should have been the major force for world peace – is not capable of fulfilling that role because it is still too stuck in black-and-white thinking. This is not only limited to the current administration, but even to a large portion of the people—which is why this administration was elected.

You see in Europe a softening up of black-and-white thinking, which unfortunately at the current time has been replaced by gray thinking, as Jesus has explained. Yet we see the potential that Europe could move out of gray thinking more quickly than the United States can move through it. And thus, it is our hope and our plan that there will be an awakening on the European continent, whereby people will understand the reality of war, the psychology of war, and then say, “Enough is enough! We have seen two world wars start on this continent, and we know the third time will not be the charm. And we are determined not to see another world war start on this continent. In fact we are determined not to see it start anywhere, including the Middle East.”

This can indeed happen. And it can happen in time. And thus, again, I say, “Be at Peace!” For it is by being at peace that you can be the open door for the Light of Peace to consume those energies that have been produced by the many wars on this continent. And that is the key to starting an upward cycle of a raising of the awareness that will lead to enlightened actions that are based on peace, based on bringing peace, rather than allowing the forces of war to continue to manipulate nations into conflicts that were never real conflicts and never had any meaning and never had any chance of being the war to end all wars, as some deceitful people labeled the first and the second world war. For truly, no war will ever end all wars. The only thing that can end all wars is that people refuse to fight, refuse to respond to violence with violence and decide to turn the other cheek—and to challenge those who encourage war, wherever they are found.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Those who start wars cannot stop war

TOPICS: The Invocation for Loving Yourself – Who can stop war?  – True tolerance and false tolerance – The people must stop fighting the wars of the elite – Only true emissaries of peace can stop war – Using the invocations for peace – Rise above all fear of war –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, September 8, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

The Invocation for Loving Yourself

My Beloved hearts, I am your Mother Mary, and I come to congratulate all of you who have participated in this latest vigil of the Invocation for Loving Yourself. If you could see the beautiful light that has spread throughout the earth as a result of so many people giving this invocation, then you would surely rejoice with me. For I can tell you that this glow – that is of the softest pink, like the petals of a rose in the morning sun – has spread around the earth. It has indeed formed a band of energy that has consumed a very substantial cloud of negative energy that had been hanging around this planet for a very long time.

It has been a burden on this planet that the false humility, created by dark forces and prideful people, have prevented so many of the truly spiritual people on this planet from loving themselves, loving their spiritual selves, loving themselves as spiritual beings, as sons and daughters of God. For truly, consider how – ever since your childhood – you have been indoctrinated with the belief that it is wrong to love yourself, it is wrong to appreciate the self that you are. Yet, I hope you can now see that the real you, the Conscious You, is the self that was created by God. And therefore, it is worthy of love. God loves that self, and therefore why should you not love the self that you are?

Surely, you do not love the human ego and the outer personality that is not created by God. But there is nothing wrong with loving the self that is created by God and recognizing that it is created by God. And thus, those of you who have given this invocation, whether every day or just a few times, will surely have felt an increase in love in your being. And I can assure you that on a planetary scale, you have begun an upward spiral that will make it easier for all people to love themselves, to love their spiritual selves and to see beyond the tendency in this world to always focus on the negative. Consider how many people have made it almost a lifestyle to always criticize and point out the negative. And when you realize the creative power of the human mind, what do you think these people are creating when they always focus on the negative, rather than focus on the positive?

I am not saying you need to be like an ostrich and stick your head in the sand and refuse to recognize that there are problems on this planet. For surely, that will not lead anywhere near the Golden Age. Yet what I am saying is that while recognizing that there are problems on this planet, you choose to see them as temporary manifestations that are not ultimately real. And then you look beyond those outer appearances to the reality of God, the reality of the Ma-ter Light that is behind all appearances.

Therefore, you do not – as Jesus said – judge according to appearances. You judge by reaching for the vision of the Christ mind that helps you see God’s reality behind all temporary appearances. Yet, how can you do this in the world around you, unless you have first done it in your own being, by seeing beyond the ego and the outer personality and realizing that the Conscious You is a son or daughter of God, is a co-creator with God, and is fully worthy of God’s love. For only when you love yourself can you love others as yourself.

This is a most profound truth that Jesus gave 2,000 years ago. But oh how few people have understood that truth. Look how many Christians have been brought up, have been programmed, have been brainwashed into seeing themselves as miserable sinners and thinking they should feel guilty for simply being alive. Oh my beloved, what is the insanity that indoctrinates the innocent mind of a child with this heavy burden of sin and guilt? Yes, this must indeed come to an end, and your invocations have dealt a very severe blow to this consciousness of self-hatred that has permeated this planet for far too long.

The need to invoke peace

I come to congratulate you with a work well done. And as we of the ascended masters have said for many years, the reward for service is more service. And thus, I ask you to build on the foundation that you have laid through this invocation for loving yourself and now give a vigil of these next two invocations for peace, that we are releasing. For there is indeed a great need for invoking the Flame of Peace that can consume the conditions that lead to war. Yet why have we waited with these invocations for peace until you have given the invocation for loving yourself? Because if you do not love yourself, how can you be at peace within yourself? And if you are not at peace within yourself, how can you be a force for peace in this world?

You see, my beloved, life is really not that complicated. If you love yourself, you will love other people. And thus, you will not commit acts of violence against them, nor will you respond with violence even if others are violent toward you. For you will know, through the clarity of your love, that they are more than the outer personality and the ego that commits acts of violence. And thus, instead of seeking to punish them, you will seek to raise them up out of their illusions and set them free from the energies, even the dark spirits – even the demons – of war.

Yes, there is indeed a need to invoke peace in this world. For as is clearly stated in our invocation, there can be no freedom without peace. And as you well know, Jesus was called the Prince of Peace precisely because he came to inaugurate the Age of Pisces, which was meant to be an age of peace. Thus, it was indeed the Divine design that at the end of this two-thousand-year period humankind would leave war behind them.

Obviously, as is plain for everyone to see, this goal has not been fulfilled —yet. But this goal is far closer than you might think when you look at world events. For has not this two-thousand-year period seen an unprecedented amount of wars. And has not this past century seen an unprecedented amount of wars on a very large scale. And thus, I can assure you that there is indeed a growing realization among humankind that war MUST come to an end. And the only thing that is lacking for this to actually manifest is that people come to a recognition of the true cause of war.

The true cause of war has a personal and a planetary aspect. The personal aspect is, of course, the warring in the members of individuals, which is caused by the human ego. And the planetary aspect is the presence of a small elite of lifestreams, the power elite, who are absolutely committed to power or to proving God wrong. And thus, they will do anything to stir up conflict as a means to either control the people for their own gain or simply destroy this planet in order to thwart God’s plan for the earth.

Who can stop war?

What needs to happen is truly that people are awakened and come to see the consciousness of war for what it is. This awakening must, of course, start among the top ten percent of the most spiritually aware people on this planet. For they are truly the ones who can turn the tide away from war and toward peace. Yet the unfortunate fact is, as Jesus has pointed out in his discourse on the human ego, that many of the most spiritual people on earth have been trapped in gray thinking. They have come to think that all that is necessary is that they love everyone and ignore every problem. For if a problem is ignored, it will surely go away by itself—or so they think.

Yet the reality is – and history proves this for anyone who is willing to take a closer look – that no problem will go away by itself. As has been said: “For evil to triumph, it only takes that good people do nothing.” Thus, I must tell you that the most spiritual people, the top ten percent of the people on this planet, are the only ones who can remove the consciousness of war from the earth. Yet they must do so by beginning to remove the warring in their own members, namely the human ego.

This is precisely the problem with gray thinking, namely that it gives the ego a protected status as an untouchable part of people’s psychology. For in thinking that all that is necessary is for them to be loving and kind, they are also being loving and kind to their own egos. And you do not overcome the ego by being tolerant of the ego. You overcome the ego only when the Conscious You awakens to the existence of the ego and becomes completely intolerant of the ego, so that you will no longer allow it to run your life or to have any presence in your being. There is indeed such a thing as the perfect hatred, which is not a hatred in the human, dualistic sense, but is the Flame of Love that burns with such brightness that it will no longer tolerate anything other than love. It will simply not tolerate anything that springs from anti-love, and thus it consumes anything based on anti-love—instantly.

This my beloved, is indeed what must happen if war is to be banished from this planet. The top ten percent of the most spiritual people on earth must wake up and realize that they have allowed the ego to remain in their own consciousness, and thus they have allowed the consciousness of war to remain in their own subconscious minds. And as long as they allow this to happen, then God simply does not have the authority to remove the consciousness of war from this planet or remove the beings who are absolutely committed to war and thus embody the consciousness of war.

I must tell you that even though it is the bottom ten percent, the power elite, who create every war on this planet, it is actually the top ten percent, the spiritual elite, who are responsible for allowing the consciousness of war to remain on earth. Do you see the equation? The power elite are so trapped in the consciousness of duality that they are not likely to change their minds in the foreseeable future. It is not likely that they will be converted to the cause of peace and non-violence and suddenly destroy all their weapons and refuse to exercise power over the population. Thus, what MUST happen is that the top ten percent of the people on earth wake up and decide that they will no longer tolerate war on this planet. They must realize that they are the ones who have the potential to bring forth God’s judgment so that war can be removed from this planet. And how do you bring forth God’s judgment? Well, you can judge the consciousness of war only when you have removed the consciousness of war from your own being, when you have removed the warring in your own members by removing the human ego.

True tolerance and false tolerance

It is indeed necessary – for planet earth to rise above war – that there is greater tolerance among people. Yet as with everything else, the ego can pervert every positive quality, even the quality of love, forgiveness and tolerance. For the false tolerance is that anything goes, that anything should be allowed. The false tolerance makes people believe that they should not take a stand against war, but that they should simply focus on being loving and kind, thinking that then war will go away by itself.

Do you not see that if the good people do nothing, then they give free reign to those people who are committed to war? And thus, they will inevitably drag nations into war as has indeed happened over these last five years since the terrorist attacks in New York on September 11, 2001. Do you not see that the United States has been dragged into war and conflict by those who are using terrorism as an excuse for increasing military spending and using their military superiority to supposedly bring democracy and freedom, but in reality further the cause of the power elite. Thus, even though there is a substantial number of very spiritual people in the United States, you can clearly see that these spiritual people have not been able to provide enough of a counter-weight, a counter-balance, to prevent the United States from being dragged into war by the power elite.

And this alone should show you that the spiritual people in the United States have not done their job of removing the warring in their own members. They have not been willing to face their egos and overcome those egos, so that they could have the moral authority to call forth the judgment of God upon the power elite in the United States, who are dragging this nation into war and who surely have plans to drag it into further wars around the globe. Yes, I am being the stern mother, for it is indeed time that the most spiritual people on this planet wake up and realize, that the future of this planet hangs in the balance, and they are the only ones who can tip the balance in the favor of peace. Thus, as Jesus said, “If you love me, keep my commandments.” If you are a spiritual person and you claim to love God and love the spiritual realm, then keep the commandment to remove the beam from your own eye.

Stop thinking that it is other people who are responsible for the fact that there is war and violence on this planet. Yes, these people are the ones who commit violence and start wars and they make the decision to do so. But as I have tried to point out, they are simply acting on a certain state of consciousness that is dragging them into actions over which they really have no control. The problem is not the people, but the consciousness of war that hangs over this planet as a black cloud.

And why is this consciousness still hanging over this planet? Well, it is because God has not been given sufficient authority to remove that consciousness. Archangel Michael and his legions of Blue-flame Angels, have not been given the marching orders to consume that consciousness and remove all beings who refuse to let go of that consciousness. And why have they not been given that authority? Well, they have not been given that authority because the top ten percent of the most spiritual people on this planet have refused to overcome the warring in their own members by becoming completely intolerant toward their own egos.

Yet if those top ten percent were to awaken and make a firm commitment to overcome the ego, then in removing the beam from your own eyes, you would indeed give God the authority to remove the consciousness of war from this entire planet. And when the dark cloud of that consciousness is removed, I can assure you that even those who are now committed to war would suddenly wake up and be able to see the insanity of their actions. They cannot presently see that insanity because of what we might call the fog of war that blinds people to the existence of a nonviolent solution to their problems.

The people must stop fighting the wars of the elite

My Beloved, there is indeed a small elite on this planet who are committed to war. But since when have you seen the high and the mighty of these power elite people be out in the trenches with a gun and taking the risk of being shot at? So you realize clearly that no war could be fought on this planet unless the people allow themselves to be pulled into fighting the wars for the power elite. Unless the people allow themselves to be turned into cannon-fodder, then no war could be fought.

And what is it that allows the population to be pulled into fighting wars, even though most people are peaceful people? Well, it is indeed that the general population are blinded by the illusions created by the power elite, by the fog of war. And thus, they do not see that there is a peaceful solution to every problem, and they do not take a stand and demand that their leaders provide that peaceful solution instead of immediately going to war whenever a provocation arises.

Can you not see that the American people, the vast majority of the population, were blinded by the fog of war after 9/11, 2001? And thus, they did not have the vision, nor the determination, to demand that their government look for a peaceful solution to the problem of world terrorism. And therefore, they allowed their nation to be dragged into wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, thinking that this would be to the benefit of their own safety. I think that most Americans can see today that the war in Iraq has certainly not increased the safety of the world and has not diminished the threat of terrorism. And this of course is why popular support for the war is waning. Yet, the public could not see that five years ago because they were blinded by the fog of war, by the logic of those who are committed to war and cannot see beyond the consciousness of war.

And still the American public is blinded by that consciousness, so that they cannot see peaceful solutions to the threat of terrorism or other situations. And thus, they cannot even demand that their leaders search for such solutions. This is obvious in the current situation with Iran, where the hawks in the current administration are trying to make this appear as a crisis that must be dealt with right now. They know they could potentially lose their power in the next presidential election, so they want to further their world-wide agenda while they still have a president who cannot see through their manipulation. Yet in reality, it is far wiser to realize that Iran is years away from producing a nuclear weapon on their own—if indeed they ever can. Thus, it is wiser to let time work for you so that a regime change in Iran could remove what now seems like a threat.

If the American government does indeed pursue a path that leads to the use of military means, it will only fuel anger and resentment in the Islamic world. And this will only turn the Iranian president into a folk hero and set the stage for the emergence of an even more potent Islamic warlord. This person has so far remained outside the public eye but is waiting in the shadows for the right moment of sufficient Islamic anger to make a powerful entry. And if indeed this person does manage to get popular support, then the result could quickly escalate into a war that would drag not only the West but also India and China into the fray. And this would be a situation in which anything could happen but nothing can be predicted.

Only true emissaries of peace can stop war

Why is the public blinded by the consciousness of war? Well, it is simply because, as Jesus has explained, the eighty percent of the general population will either follow the lowest ten percent, namely the power elite, or the top ten percent, namely the spiritual elite. And precisely because the top ten percent have been so blinded by the gray thinking of the ego, they have not been willing to overcome the consciousness of warring in their own members. And thus, they have not been able to act as the forerunners who could bring forth the new vision of how to actually solve the problem of world terrorism through peaceful means. Once again, the balance of this planet, the future of this planet, is indeed in the hearts and minds of the top ten percent of the most spiritual people. Will they choose to walk the Path of Peace, or will they choose to continue to walk the path of false peace, which makes them think that they can be emissaries of peace without overcoming their egos.

You cannot be an emissary of peace unless you first declare all-out war on your own ego. For only when you have removed that beam from your own eye, can you see clearly how to remove the mote in the eye of another. And only then can you become a true emissary of true peace. For truly, peace cannot come about through the false tolerance which says that anything goes. Peace can only come about through the true tolerance of the Christ mind, the tolerance that is based on a clear discernment of what is of God and what is not of God.

And thus, a Christed being can see that when people commit acts of violence, it is not because their real selves are evil or bad or violent. It is because the conscious self has withdrawn into a cave and has allowed the ego to act out through the consciousness of duality that always operates with two opposites. And it is this consciousness that causes people to think that they must fight the enemy, and therefore violence is necessary or unavoidable.

Only when people have Christ discernment, can they see the difference between the person and that person’s actions. Only when they have Christ discernment, can they see that the actions are caused by a state of consciousness that springs from the mind of duality, the mind of anti-christ. But behind the actions and the outer personality is the conscious self of the person, and that conscious self was created by God. And thus, all people are truly brethren and part of the One Body of God on earth.

Only when you see beyond the outer actions, will you be able to turn the other cheek and respond to violence with love. And in that love, you will potentially set your brothers and sisters free from the consciousness of war. For by turning the other cheek, you will indeed awaken them. And those who will not be awakened, those who hold on to the consciousness of war, will then be judged and they will be removed from the planet. But even this is actually an act of mercy, for these lifestreams will then be sent to another realm, where they can receive further opportunities for overcoming the consciousness of war, opportunities that are not available to them on earth as long as the earth is in its present condition.

Using the invocations for peace

The two invocations we are releasing now form an Alpha and an Omega polarity. One, the Invocation for Invoking the Flame of Peace, invokes the Flame of Peace from above and it is indeed based on the dictation by the Elohim of Peace given some time ago. And I highly recommend that you study that dictation again. The other, the Invocation for World Peace, forms the Omega action of calling for specific elements of the consciousness of war to be exposed, so that people can see it and separate themselves from it.

These two invocations can indeed provide an immense momentum of peace on this planet. And I can assure you that this is highly needed at this hour. For if nothing is done, then truly this planet will continue to slide further down the slippery slope of war, until it passes the point of no return and a large-scale will indeed come to pass within the next year or two.

Yes my beloved, the third world war could indeed break out within the next year or two unless something spectacular is done. And that something must be an awakening of the top ten percent of the most spiritual people on earth to the reality that you cannot make the problem go away by ignoring it, that you cannot overcome war by acting as a loving and kind person while still tolerating the human ego who is simply hiding behind a loving and kind facade, pretending to be spiritual while still continuing its divisive ways.

I encourage you to embrace these two invocations. I will not tell you exactly how you should give these invocations but leave it up to you. You can give one invocation one day and the other the next. Or you may choose that one invocation is closer to your heart and give that one exclusively. Or you may find other ways to combine them according to your own inner direction. These invocations are somewhat long, but is it too much to give 45 minutes of your time to the cause of world peace? Yet I recognize that many people live busy lives, and thus I will say that if you cannot give a full invocation, then give part of it. Each invocation has four distinct sections. If you do not have time, then give the introduction, two sections one day and then the sealing. Then the next day give the introduction the last two sections and then the sealing.

Rise above all fear of war

It is in no way my intention to cause any kind of fear or panic in your being. I am not asking you to start acting in an unbalanced or fearful manner. I am asking you to stay in the flame of loving yourself that you have invoked during the past vigil. I am asking you to let nothing disturb that state of love and that state of inner peace. And then I am asking you – based on that inner peace – to give these two invocations with the absolute knowledge and determination that when you ask for peace, you shall indeed receive it. When you call forth the Flame of Peace, then that flame will indeed consume the consciousness of war.

I am asking you to overcome all fear. And if indeed you sense elements of fear concerning war in your own being, then go after them. Use these two invocations to specifically call for all fear of war to be consumed in your own being. For it is truly only the ego that can give rise to such fear, and your ego will be hiding behind that fear, seeking to divert your attention to becoming so concerned about conditions in the world that you do not look at the ego, expose it and overcome it.

Realize that whenever there is fear, the ego is hiding behind it. And thus, instead of focusing on the object of fear – as the ego would have you do – look beyond the fear itself and expose the ego. And then ask for it to be consumed by the Flame of Peace, the Flame of Ecstatic Peace, coming from the Elohim of Peace. For truly, that Flame of Ecstatic Peace is able to consume all fear. For how can there be fear when your entire being is infused with the ecstatic peace that knows nothing but peace. So I ask you to open your heart and your chakras, to open your entire being to that Flame of Ecstatic Peace. I ask you in this coming time, as you give these invocations, to immerse yourself in the Flame of Ecstatic Peace, to allow that flame to enter your being and consume all unlike itself.

I hope that these invocations will help you recognize the essential truth that you cannot overcome war by being in a state of fear. You can overcome war only by being fully anchored in a state of peace. For as you cannot remove darkness, you cannot remove war without bringing the Light of Peace. And thus, war will be removed only when the top ten percent of the spiritual people choose to be the open doors for the Light and the Flame of Peace to stream into the material realm, into the emotional realm, into the mental realm and into the identity realm of planet earth and consume the consciousness of war on all four levels of the matter world.

Yes my beloved, BE the Flame of Peace. BE the open door for the Flame of Peace. Determine that you WILL BE the light of the world and that as long as you are in the world, you will BE the Flame of Peace to consume the consciousness of war. I, Mary, commend you for your love and for your steadfastness in giving my invocations and in working to overcome your egos. I see the progress you are making individually and even as a worldwide community of those who are committed to the Path of Peace. I congratulate you and I bow to you with sincere respect and gratitude for your progress. Thus, receive the overwhelming, overflowing gratitude of the heart of your spiritual mother. For the mother of all life, I AM!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Virtues of Magnificent Confusion

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels.

I am quite aware that most of the people who sincerely study my discourses on the ego will end up feeling somewhat confused. They will feel as if it seems almost impossible to distinguish between what is the dualistic “truth” of the ego and what is the real truth of the Christ mind. They will feel as if it seems very difficult to know when they are acting from the ego and when they are not. Some will even feel a sense of hopelessness, as if it seems impossible to ever overcome the ego and its subtleties.

I understand these feelings, but I hope I can help you see that this is simply a necessary phase on the spiritual path that all seekers must pass through before they can rise above the lower aspects of the ego. Every person who has ever attained the Christ consciousness has passed through this phase, myself included. I hope I can help you realize that you are not alone and that it is indeed possible to pass through this phase, even though it can seem hopeless at times.

What I truly hope to help you see is that the state of honest confusion is actually a magnificent state of consciousness. Instead of feeling despair or discouragement, you should congratulate yourself for having won an important victory. By being willing to move into a state of confusion, you have taken a very important step on the path of freeing yourself from the ego. Why is that so?

What I have endeavored to explain in the previous ego discourses is that the ego has an insatiable desire to be in control of every situation. It is constantly seeking to set itself up as an authority figure that cannot be questioned or gainsaid. Being an authority figure comes with a subtle temptation that has caused many otherwise sincere people – especially in the field of politics – to fail their missions in life. Certainly, the ego has no way of resisting this temptation. The temptation is that if you are an authority figure, it seems as if you should always be right. If you are not right, your authority is brought into question, and this gives rise to the fear that you could lose your position and its privileges.

The ego lives in a constant state of fear that if it is proven wrong, it will lose its control over you and thus it will die. This is a well-founded fear in the sense that once the Conscious You begins to see the fallacy of the ego’s dualistic, fear-based and control-seeking reasoning, the ego will lose its control over you and it will eventually die.

Here comes the subtle reasoning. The path that leads to freedom from the ego is that the Conscious You must stop identifying itself with the ego and the ego’s dualistic beliefs. If a person is completely identified with his or her ego, the person will feel the ego’s fear of losing control. This person will feel compelled to defend the ego’s beliefs as if it was a matter of life and death. The person will feel it is of utmost importance never to be proven wrong.

How does the ego attempt to avoid being proven wrong? By creating beliefs that are based on either black-and-white thinking or gray thinking. The ego defines a world view, and as long as the person accepts this world view, the person can never be proven wrong. The person will always be able to twist any situation or argument so that it seems like he or she is never wrong.

The consequence of this approach to life is that it truly gives a person a sense of certainty, which can make people feel very sure that they are right, that they are okay or even that they are superior to others. This is a false security that is in constant danger of being threatened or shattered by events over which neither the person nor the ego has any control. I referred to this false sense of certainty when I said:

26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand:
27 And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it. (Matthew, Chapter 7)

When a person is completely identified with the ego, the person is using black-and-white or gray thinking to refute any idea or viewpoint that questions the ego’s dualistic world view. Such a person simply is not teachable, and a spiritual teacher has little opportunity to reach the person.

When you identify yourself with the ego, you have the ego’s superficial certainty, and thus you can deny any confusion. In a sense, you are never feeling confused because the ego always

has ready-made answers to any question or situation. The very fact that you now feel confused and that you are willing to recognize that you feel confused is a clear demonstration that the Conscious You is no longer completely identified with the ego.

Recognizing the true teacher

I realize that in a certain way, the dissolution of the ego’s superficial certainty will feel like a loss, but only when you look at it from a narrow perspective. Once you step back and look at the forest instead of the trees, you see that being confused is a major step forward because you have now become teachable for both your Christ self and your spiritual teachers. As the old saying goes: “When the student is ready, the teacher appears.” Instead of looking back towards the “good old days” when you thought you knew everything and had life under control, you need to refocus your attention and look for the teacher who is here with you right now and is ready to help you take the next step.

I see many spiritual seekers who finally see through the ego’s false certainty and who give up the security of the ego’s old belief system or world view. However, they do so reluctantly and they immediately start looking for some other source of security. In so doing, they are often attracted to a guru or organization who makes very strong – even absolutist – claims. This often gives them a sense that because they are now with the true guru or savior, they can feel secure again. Obviously, this approach simply gives the ego a new lease on life because it will now start using the new belief system to enslave you.

I also see some seekers who give up the security of an old belief system, yet they adopt a new one that makes them think they are on the path to enlightenment. They think that once they reach that state, they will once again feel secure and have the certainty of knowing everything. However, even an enlightened person does not know everything, as I will explain shortly.

What I desire to see happen is that seekers go beyond the need for outer certainty and security by making conscious contact with the ultimate teacher, namely the inner teacher of their Christ selves and through that with their ascended teachers. The reason I said that the kingdom of God is within you is that you can enter the kingdom of God – the Christ consciousness – only through an inner process. It follows that in order to complete this process, you must make contact with your inner teacher.

I am not denouncing an outer teacher or teaching, as both can be very helpful. You will always attract to you both the true teacher that can help you take the next step and the false teacher that will make you feel like you shouldn’t take the next step. If you look for certainty, you will inevitably be attracted to the false teacher. Only if you are willing to remain confused, will you find the true teacher. Why is that so?

The ego seeks to control you, and the last thing the ego wants is for you to become self-sufficient and spiritually independent. In return for letting it control you, the ego offers you the false sense of certainty—that you are always right, that you are guaranteed to be saved, that you are superior to others or whatever your particular need might be. In contrast, the true teacher wants you to become self-sufficient, and thus a true teacher will never seek to control you. Instead of offering you a superficial certainty, the true teacher offers you the true, inner path—and this is an ongoing process of expanding your consciousness.

The path never ends, meaning that there is no limit to how much you can grow in awareness and understanding. However, what exactly does that mean? If you are open to the possibility of never-ending growth in awareness, it means that there is no belief or viewpoint that can be considered absolute or infallible. The true inner path does not offer you the outer certainty of the ego, namely that this or that belief is absolute. On the contrary, on the inner path there are no absolute beliefs, as any belief can be expanded or replaced by a broader awareness. This leads to two essential considerations:

It is not the essence of the inner path that you become codependent upon the inner teacher. It is the essence of the path that you become self-sufficient so that you no longer need your Christ self. This means that the true teacher will not tell you what to do, as the ego and false teacher will gladly do. The true teacher will give you a greater understanding so that you have a better foundation for making choices. It is you who must choose because only by choosing will you grow in self-sufficiency. Unless you are willing to make your own decisions, you might easily overlook the directions of the inner teacher, thus prolonging the state of confusion unnecessarily.

On the inner path, there is no outer certainty or security. It is essential that you develop an inner sense of certainty and security. The ego is trying to say that as long as you believe in its infallible doctrines, you are okay. What you need to do is go beyond this need for an external security and find an internal source of security. This will be our next consideration.

 

NOTE: The rest of this dictation is available in the book Freedom from Ego Illusions.

 

Copyright © 2006 Kim Michaels

A House Divided Against Itself

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels.

In previous discourses I have hinted at the fact that the ego has certain built-in contradictions and we will now take a closer look at them. The fact is that the ego is based on an inescapable contradiction, and therefore the ego will always be a house divided. If you allow the ego to make you divided against yourself, then you simply cannot stand in the light of Christ truth. You are not going to enter the kingdom of God while you are lying down. You are going to enter only when you stand on the one truth – the rock – of Christ.

In order to understand the ego’s systemic division, we need to take a closer look at your own being and your purpose for being here. Everything is made from an interplay between two polarities, namely the expanding force of the Father and the contracting force of the Mother. In every aspect of life, there are two forces at work. This is a truth that all spiritual seekers should fix in their minds so they never forget it.

The consequence of this truth is that in every situation, there is a high and a low potential. A sustainable creation can occur only when the expanding and contracting forces are held in balance—so they enhance each other. This is the high potential. The low potential is that one force becomes dominant, which inevitably leads to an imbalance that will cause the situation to deteriorate. If the expanding force is too strong, everything will be exaggerated, and if the contracting force is too strong, everything will collapse upon itself.

What is it that keeps the two forces balanced? It is the Christ mind, the principle of the Son, which is designed to ensure oneness between the two aspects of creation. From the viewpoint of a human being, the two forces represent Spirit and matter, the spiritual realm and the material world. The Christ mind is designed to ensure oneness between Spirit and matter, which can happen only when matter outpictures the blueprint designed by Spirit—the blueprint that is stored in the universal Christ mind.

On a personal level, you have a spiritual aspect of your total being, which we normally call your I AM Presence. You also have a material aspect of your being, namely your four lower bodies. In order for you to fulfill your highest potential, you must have oneness between your spiritual self and your lower self. We might say this has always been the essential challenge for spiritual people. The Bible describes it clearly:

For the good that I would I do not: but the evil which I would not, that I do. (Romans 7:19)

Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. (Matthew 26:41)

What can ensure this oneness in your being? Only the Christ mind, but the Christ mind will not do this as an external force that imposes oneness upon you. It will do it only when it becomes an internal force, and that will happen only when you – meaning the Conscious You – makes the decision to unite with the Christ mind, to become the Living Christ. To do this, the Conscious You must take full responsibility for your life and being, even for your salvation. It must be willing to make the critical decisions and seek balance in every situation.

Once you have the Christ mind, finding balance is not difficult, but in order to have that mind, the Conscious You must accept full responsibility, and that is often a major stumbling block for spiritual seekers. That is why the ego is so often successful in getting people to follow the outer path, the automatic path that does not require you to take full responsibility for making decisions. That is why the false teachers so often trick you into believing they can make decisions for you.

The birth of the ego

In a previous discourse I described how you became enveloped in the consciousness of duality, the consciousness of anti-christ. This caused you to make limiting decisions, until you came to the point where the Conscious You decided that it would no longer make decisions. You were alive and you were in a particular outer situation, and these facts were not changed by your decision not to make decisions. Your outer situation demanded that decisions be made, and since the Conscious You would not make them, someone else had to make decisions for you. That someone was what became the ego.

Let me make sure you understand the basic dynamic here. You decided that you did not want to make decisions because it seemed like all your decisions led to undesirable consequences. You felt: “I’m damned if I do and damned if I don’t.” The only reason your decisions produced undesirable consequences was that they were based on the murky waters of the duality consciousness. This caused you to take everything too far into one of the two extremes, and the result was that every situation led to suffering. If your decisions are based on the clarity of the Christ mind, they will always lead to growth, and then there is no burden associated with making decisions. You decided to stop deciding only because you had lost contact with the Christ mind—or a spiritual teacher who served as your link to the Christ mind.

When you decided to stop making decisions, you had already created a certain momentum of making decisions based on the dualistic mind. We might say you had created a computer program in your subconscious mind. When the Conscious You stopped making decisions, that computer program took over and quickly developed into the ego. The ego is more than a computer program in that it has a survival instinct and is thus an aggressive force in your being. Once you have given the ego control, it will rather die than give it up—because giving it up means that the ego will die.

The ego was born out of your separation from the Christ mind, and thus the ego can perceive only the consciousness of anti-christ, the consciousness of duality. The two basic forces of creation do not stop operating because you make a decision so you are still faced with situations in which the two forces exist. Here is the vital difference:

When you look at life through the clarity of the Christ mind, you see the expanding and contracting forces as complementary. You see how to balance them so that every decision you make is balanced and produces growth.

When you look at life through the filter of the duality consciousness, you see the two basic forces as opposites. Instead of complementing each other, you now see them as canceling out each other. The reason is that when you do not balance these forces in your own being, they will seemingly cancel out each other. The inevitable result is that your decisions will produce an imbalance that leads to suffering. You are constantly struggling against one or the other force.

To your ego, the two basic forces are seen as enemies that are out to oppose its control over your circumstances. Since the ego can never grasp the Christ mind, this is a fundamental problem that can never be solved at the level of the ego. The ego will always look at life through the duality consciousness, and therefore it can never balance the expanding and contracting forces. The ego’s decisions will always produce suffering.

The ego is on a constant see-saw between one of two extremes. It will first go into one extreme, for example by letting the expanding force dominate. This leads you to be caught in the black-and-white thinking described earlier. When you have finally had enough of this form of thinking – and its unbalanced results – the ego will not admit its mistake, for it can never see its mistake. Instead, the ego will take you towards the other extreme, namely gray thinking. When you have had enough of that, the ego will take you right back towards the other extreme, and this can go on for numerous lifetimes.

It can go on indefinitely, unless the Conscious You finally has had enough and decides that it will take back the responsibility for making decisions. The problem here is that taking back responsibility is not enough. You must also understand that in order to make right decisions, you must reach for and put on the mind of Christ. Because most religions teach the outer path to salvation, most people simply do not know that they need to do this or how to do it. They continue to cling to the dream of an outer, automatic path to salvation, which leaves them at the mercy of the ego and the false teachers.

There is only one thing that will bring about a solution to your problems and an end to your suffering. You must restore balance to your own being by restoring balance between the expanding and contracting forces, your spiritual self and your lower self.

The only factor that can restore this balance is the Christ mind, the one, undivided truth of the Christ mind. The Christ mind will not enter your being unless it is invited. Your ego will never invite the Christ mind to enter, for it cannot even see the Christ mind as a solution to your problems. If it could, it would know that the entry of the Christ mind would mean the death of the ego. The Christ mind can enter only when invited by the Conscious You.

The trick is that the Conscious You cannot invite the Christ mind to enter until it has taken full responsibility for your life and salvation by deciding that it is willing to make decisions and to take the decision-making power away from the ego. The other trick is that the Christ mind will not enter as an external force that will fix your problems for you. The Christ mind can work in your life only when it becomes an internal force because the Conscious You has decided that it is willing to put on the mind of Christ and become one with your own higher being. You are willing to base your sense of identity in the material world on your spiritual identity. You are willing to be here below all that you are Above. This idea deserves further scrutiny.

Why are you here?

The ego sees only the material world and it sees everything through the duality consciousness. To the ego there is no spiritual purpose for life; the purpose for life must be defined in, defined by, the material world. The human ego has defined any number of “life purposes” that people spend lifetimes pursuing—always without finding happiness, fulfillment, peace of mind or a sense of purpose and meaning.

The real purpose of life is your growth in self-awareness. This growth comes from fulfilling your role as a co-creator with God. Your Being is designed in the image and after the likeness of God, meaning that you have the creative powers that you need in order to use the Ma-ter light to create form. You descended into the material universe in order to multiply your creative powers and take dominion over the earth, meaning the mastery of mind over matter. You will be fulfilled only when you fill this role—a role you chose before coming into embodiment.

What does it mean to take dominion over the earth? As everything else, it has a Father and a Mother – an Alpha and an Omega – aspect. The Alpha aspect is that you must start by taking dominion over your own being by establishing oneness between your spiritual self and your lower self. The key to this is that the Conscious You decides to fulfill its proper role of being the Christ in your being and balancing the father and mother aspects, Spirit and matter. The Omega aspect is that you take dominion over the earth and do your part to raise it into the kingdom of God. You do this by both exercising your creative powers and by using the Christ mind to help other people rise above the duality consciousness.

The key to this phase is that the Conscious You decides to take up its role of being the Christ on earth by challenging the consciousness of anti-christ wherever it is encountered. We might say that when you are in embodiment, your own consciousness is the Alpha aspect of your life and your environment is the Omega aspect. Once again, your role is to establish oneness between the two so that your environment reflects your inner being that reflects your spiritual self.

As always, the key is to have the Christ balance between the two basic forces. If you let the ego run your life, it will still seek to fulfill your goals in an unbalanced way:

Dominion over self. If the expanding force is dominant, your ego will seek to control every aspect of your life. You will attempt to force yourself by strictly following an outer system, be it a religion or a diet. This is the dream that by living up to outer requirements, you will be saved without looking at the beam – the ego – in your own eye.

If the contracting force is dominant, your ego will take the “if-it-feels-good-do-it” attitude. You will be completely unable to discipline yourself or free yourself from the control of the ego or other people. You will feel like a total victim of outer circumstances and find a million excuses for not changing your life.

Dominion over the earth. If the expanding force is dominant, you will attempt to force other people to become a member of your belief system, thinking that the end of saving them can justify the means. This is what you see in fundamentalist people from any religion, even the fundamentalist people in a political ideology or the ideology of scientific materialism. This leads to black-and-white thinking.

If the contracting force is dominant, you will think you have no right to influence other people and that you should be tolerant of everything. Any idea is as valid as any other so live and let live, for love is all you need. This leads to gray thinking.

The key to fulfilling your divine plan – the plan you made before coming into embodiment – is to bring the Christ mind into your life so that it can balance the two basic forces. Instead of the perpetual tension between the two forces – leading to conflict, loss and suffering – your life can become an upward spiral of greater freedom and fulfillment. The Christ is not somewhere between the two extremes but transcends both extremes because it is above and beyond the duality consciousness. The Christ mind clearly sees that the earth is out of alignment with the Creator’s vision and laws, which will eventually cause the material universe to self-destruct. It therefore sees that the only solution is to bring the earth back into harmony with the purpose of creation. The Christ mind realizes that the mother aspect cannot be allowed to evolve on its own, creating its own laws instead of following the Creator’s laws. The material realm must always be an expression of the spiritual realm, yet this can happen only when the co-creators that embody on this planet decide to become the Living Christs. They must take dominion over the earth rather than letting the earth have dominion over them.

 

NOTE: The rest of this dictation is available in the book Freedom from Ego Illusions.

 

Copyright © 2006 Kim Michaels

Diverting Your Attention From the Inner Path

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels.

In this discourse I will take a step back and look at the big picture, thus giving a clearer explanation of how the ego manages to divert people’s attention from the true road to salvation, namely the inner path of self-transcendence. As I have explained in the previous discourses, you were created as a spiritual being, and you were never meant to lose the awareness of your true origin and identity. By using your free will to experiment with the duality consciousness, the Conscious You gradually came to see itself as separated from its source, meaning your own higher being and God. This acceptance of separation created your ego, and since then the ego has attempted to create an impenetrable wall between your Conscious You and your acceptance of your true identity as a co-creator with God.

The process of separation took most co-creators into a self-reinforcing downward spiral – or rather, a spiral being reinforced by the ego and the forces of anti-christ – that led them further and further into a sense of alienation from God. This led them to build a sense of identity based on the things of the material world, including their bodies and their egos. There is theoretically no limit to how far this downward spiral can take you into a sense of being absolutely convinced that you are separated from God, or even that God does not exist. There is a force built into your being that counteracts the downward pull, namely your longing for something more than what the material world can offer.

The further you descend into identification with the material world, the more you will limit your sense of identity. You are, so to speak, building a prison for yourself, and it gradually becomes smaller until you can hardly move. The smaller your mental prison becomes, the greater the possibility that you will see the emptiness of the things of this world and decide to look for something more. Although there is no guarantee that this will happen, most co-creators will eventually reach a bottom line from which they decide to start going back up towards a more unlimited sense of identity.

The ego would much prefer that this turning point did not take place, but once it has taken place, the ego will not simply give up. It will resist every upward step you take, and its primary weapon is to divert your attention from the inner path itself. The ego wants to create the false path, which makes you believe that you can “be saved” without confronting the ego and letting it die.

Not all co-creators descend to the same low level before they turn around. The lowest level to which one can descend on this planet is represented by the life of the cave man or other primitive cultures that had no true spirituality (I am not counting all native cultures as such). They were basically living as animals with less hair cells and more brain cells. Their attention was almost entirely focused on physical survival, thus being engaged in an endless struggle against others of their own kind, animals or even Mother Nature.

The fact that the majority of human beings are no longer living this way shows that humankind has progressed to a higher state of consciousness, a higher sense of identity. This proves that most human beings on this planet have turned around and have started the upward climb. Most people are not yet consciously aware of this so they do not understand the process and are thus easily manipulated by their egos and the prince of this world.

Diversionary tactics of the ego

As long as you are in a downward spiral, your ego has managed to make you neutralize or ignore your longing for something more. For most people, the ego cannot do this indefinitely, and they will eventually reach the turning point. Although the ego will try to prevent you from turning around, it is not necessarily unhappy about you striving for a greater sense of identity.

This might sound like a contradiction, and the reason is that the ego is full of contradictions. The ego is one big contradiction, as I will explain later. The ego sees only the things of this world, and thus the ultimate triumph of your personal ego would be that you had absolute power in this world. The ego is driven by contradictory forces. On one hand, it will do anything to prevent you from discovering and following the true spiritual path that leads you to build a sense of identity that does not  include the ego. To prevent you from finding the spiritual path, the ego is willing to drive you into a state of consciousness in which you see yourself as – and act as – an animal fighting for the survival of the physical body. It is willing to completely destroy your self-esteem in order to maintain control over you.

This is a very limited sense of identity, and it does not fulfill one of the ego’s essential needs. Because the ego sees only this world, it sets up relative comparisons between you and other people. When you live a very low existence, such as a cave man or a person on the street, the ego finds it hard to maintain the illusion that you are better than others. Both you and your ego will be unhappy with such a state of existence.

Although one part of your ego is afraid of you turning around and walking the path towards a greater sense of existence, another part of the ego actually welcomes this—as long as it can maintain its control over you and misdirect your longing for something more in a certain direction. To give you a better understanding of this mechanism, let me briefly outline the stages that many people go through as they climb the path towards reclaiming their true identity:

The lowest stage is where all of your attention and energy is fed into the survival of the physical body. Your life is a constant struggle against others of your own kind, animals, nature and your own karma from past lives. We might say this is the lowest stage of the duality consciousness, the black-and-white thinking, that leads you to think that you – as an individual – are fighting against the whole world. Obviously, this is a very limited sense of existence, and most people will – at least after a few embodiments – reason that there has to be more to life than just surviving. This is often the starting point for people’s upward climb.

When you are in survival mode, you see the world as a place with lack of resources, and thus you have to fight for everything you get by taking it from someone else or from nature. In reality, this is a perception that comes from the duality consciousness. The higher way out of this state of consciousness is to realize the truth in my words that it is the father’s good pleasure to give you his kingdom—the abundant life. By seeking first the kingdom of God – the Christ consciousness – all things will be added onto you.

For most people, the ego manages to convince them that they should focus their attention and energy on accumulating the things of this world. Seeking material possessions becomes the goal of life, and people can spend many lifetimes seeking some state of ultimate riches that will – supposedly – satisfy their longing for something more. The ego is happy with this because it can now pursue the sense that if you have more possessions than other people, you are better than them.

While having possessions can satisfy your longing for something more for a long time, it will eventually come to seem like an empty promise. You will realize that no matter how much you have, you still do not feel completely fulfilled. There is also the fact that the more you accumulate, the more time and energy you must spend defending it from the forces seeking to take it away. Finally, no matter how much you own, you still cannot avoid death, which inevitably means losing it all. But what if you could free yourself from the fear of loss?

The higher way to do this is to seek the true non-attachment to the things of this world. This comes from realizing there is a higher goal to life, namely a growth in consciousness. Once you overcome the ego and attain the Christ consciousness, you will allow God to be in control of your life, and with God all things are possible. You realize that you, of your ego-self, can do nothing, but that the father within you, your own I AM Presence, is the true doer. With God all things are possible.

For most people, the ego manages to divert their attention from the true path. When people become aware that having material possessions will not fulfill them, the ego manages to convince them that what they really need is the power to control their destiny. Some people engage in a quest to seek ultimate power on this earth so that they can control every aspect of their lives. This inevitably locks them in a struggle against other people with the same approach. Such people are often polarized into two opposing camps, and they can spend many lifetimes fighting for their cause, even the “ultimate” cause of the epic fight between what people have defined as good and evil.

Again, people can spend lifetimes on this quest, until they finally realize one of two things, namely that it is impossible to gain ultimate power and control or that having such power still would not satisfy their longing for something more. This realization can cause people to move to an entirely new level.

Beyond the material world

When you compare the stages outlined above, you will see that they are all based on the same characteristics:

You are focused on your own – separate – self, centered around the physical body and the ego.

You are focused on a sense of lack, meaning that you are incomplete in yourself and need something from outside yourself.

You are focused on getting what you need from the material world.

You are focused on comparing yourself to others, thinking you are better than others if you have more possessions or power than they do.

As a co-creator matures, he or she gradually begins to realize that the material world cannot be all there is to life. This is when a person becomes open to the possibility that there could be a world beyond the material world and that you might have some form of continued existence in that world after the body dies. It becomes possible that your conduct in this world might have an impact on what happens to you in the afterlife. This is usually when a person is awakened or converted to a religious lifestyle.

The part of your ego that is afraid of losing control would rather that this conversion did not happen and that you remained focused on the material world. A religious conversion is always a blow to the ego. Another part of the ego takes the approach that: “If you can’t beat-em, join’em,” and it will seek to use your religious conversion to keep you under its control.

We might say that the stages outlined above were the material stages of your growth, and we can now outline some of the religious stages:

The lowest stage is represented by the black-and-white thinking, which makes people believe there is only one true religion. Only members of that religion will be saved, which means that by the mere act of being a member of that religion and following its outer requirements, your salvation is guaranteed. When a lifestream is first awakened to something beyond the material world, it often believes in the claims made by one of the so-called mainstream or orthodox religions, and it believes it is better than non-members. This can lock people in a religious version of the struggle between relative good and relative evil, and this is a dangerous trap because the ego makes people think they are doing God’s work, and thus they can deny the need for self-transcendence.

Such people go through the death of the body with the firm belief that they will immediately enter Heaven. It is therefore quite a shock to the lifestream when it is confronted with the reality of reincarnation. Some lifestreams refuse to let go of the dream, and in their next embodiment they fall right back into following an orthodox religion. Some go to the same religion while others believe there must be another one that can fulfill the promise that membership guarantees salvation. Some lifestreams have to be reborn into a great number of different religions before they finally accept that there is no automatic salvation.

The lifestream now realizes that it is not enough to simply be a member of an outer organization but that you have to meet a set of individual requirements. The highest outcome of this process is that you realize that salvation is determined by your state of consciousness. As I said: “I am the way, the truth and the life, no man cometh to the father save by me,” meaning the Christ consciousness that I represent.

The ego often manages to make a lifestream believe that if only it meets certain outer requirements, it will qualify for salvation. This causes many lifestreams to focus on doing good works, seeking to buy their way into heaven by doing what their religion prescribes. Some seek status or position in a religious organization as a way to buy their salvation. Some even go into the blind alley of seeking to fulfill the ego’s need for power through a religious organization. After all, if you are the highest representative of God on earth, the ego can feel it has near absolute power on earth.

People play these ego games with a keen sense of comparison, thinking that if they do more good works than others, their salvation will be guaranteed. Eventually, a lifestream will have had so many experiences of having to re-embody despite its good works that it lets go of even this dream.

The highest potential for the next stage is that the lifestream takes full responsibility for its own salvation and recognizes that the Christ consciousness requires one to discern between the relative “truth” of the ego and the absolute truth of the Christ mind.

Most lifestreams are not quite ready to take full responsibility. They let their egos talk them into going into the gray thinking that I described in a previous discourse. This causes some people to deny the validity of all religion, which leaves them in a kind of no-gods land, often for several lifetimes. Others go into one of the many variations of a teaching that does not require you to discern. One example is that if you are gentle and kind, you will be doing the right thing and will be saved.

While this is different from seeking to buy salvation through good works, it is a similar mechanism of thinking that by not being judgmental or by cultivating a certain approach to life, one will be saved. The problem is that this “higher” state of consciousness is defined by the ego – meaning the mind of anti-christ – and not by the Christ mind. It can never lead you to Heaven, no matter how adept you become at pretending to be a good or spiritual person. It is simply the ego’s judgment after appearances, appearances that are defined by its own relative definition. The ego has now defined what it means to be a spiritual person, and this definition can never lead you to the Christ consciousness. Unfortunately, it can be very difficult for sincere spiritual seekers to admit this fact and admit that their spiritual quest has been misguided.

This third stage is a very critical stage on the spiritual path, precisely because a lifestream can stay stuck here for many, many lifetimes. Such lifestreams will often go through the death of the body being firmly convinced that they will be saved. They are severely disappointed, but if they are not willing to take responsibility for their salvation and discern between the relative truth of the ego and the higher truth of Christ, they cannot move on. Some come to believe that it is okay for them to re-embody on an indefinite basis, and thus they are no longer disappointed by not being saved. Some believe that they

voluntarily return to earth to hold a spiritual balance and bring spiritual gifts, and this makes them even more convinced that they don’t need to change their approach to salvation.

It can be difficult for a spiritual teacher to watch lifestreams being stuck at this stage because they are so very close but yet they remain completely unreachable to us. If only they would turn the dial of consciousness a little bit, they would see the greater truth, but the ego has managed to make them firmly convinced that they are so spiritual that they don’t need to change their perspective. They are often as unreachable as a cave man, yet they are firmly convinced that they are far above the cave man and everyone else.

 

NOTE: The rest of this dictation is available in the book Freedom from Ego Illusions.

 

Copyright © 2006 Kim Michaels

The underlying cause of conflict in the Middle East

TOPICS: Creating a downward spiral – The earth is in an upward spiral – Where are the tribes today? – The Cain consciousness and the Middle East – People must overcome their fear of progress – Overcoming the illusion of being God’s chosen people – The knocks may have to become harder for a time – The potential for war in the Middle East and a world-wide war – Hold the vision that love conquers all –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, July 16, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, you have asked and thus I will endeavor to give you part of the answer to your questions about the Middle East.  I understand that you are concerned about the situation in the Middle East and the potential for an escalation. Yet, I cannot say that I or the ascended masters share your concern, for we look at the situation in the Middle East from a larger, broader more timeless perspective.

Let me attempt to help you step back from the situation in the Middle East and indeed gain at least a glimpse of the perspective we hold on the situation. The most important thing you can keep in mind is that planet earth has been allowed to become a crossroads for lifestreams from many different evolutions. Originally, this planet was conceived as a protected sphere for the descent of specific groups of lifestreams, specific evolutions, which we have sometimes called the root races. Yet after the Fall of Man occurred and the consciousness of humankind began to descend into duality, it was determined that lifestreams that were not part of the original root races would be allowed to embody here in large numbers. These lifestreams have come from many different places in the Cosmos, even from other planets in this solar system.

Why was this allowed? Well, as I have explained throughout this website, it was the original plan for planet earth that the lifestreams who embody here would never lose their conscious awareness of and their conscious contact with their spiritual teachers. Yet, many lifestreams did indeed lose that contact and therefore they began to feel that they were abandoned by God.

Creating a downward spiral

As I also explain, the material universe acts like a mirror. The Ma-ter light will outpicture in physical form the conditions you hold in your mind. The potential is that a wave of lifestreams can create a downward spiral for themselves. This occurs because all of the lifestreams of that particular wave, of that particular root race, hold a very similar vision for the earth and for them being abandoned by God. This vision will gradually become outpictured in physical circumstances, which is what caused matter itself to densify until it became impossible to perceive anything beyond the material universe with the physical senses.

When the planet was of a higher vibration, people could – even with their physical senses – perceive the finer energies beyond what you today call matter substance. Yet as the consciousness of humankind became denser, the planet itself became more dense. Matter itself became more dense, and thus most people today cannot perceive anything beyond matter substance.

Do you see what happens in such a downward spiral? The lifestreams co-create their own circumstances and as matter outpictures what they co-create, they forget, or refuse to acknowledge, that they have created the outer conditions  they now see around them. Thus, they become completely convinced that their vision – that they have been abandoned by God – is entirely correct. And they take their outer circumstances as proof that their vision is correct. In reality, what they see is not an objective circumstance. It is a subjective circumstance that they have created. And thus, the only thing that can break the downward spiral is that the people change their vision.

Yet when the people have lost contact, the direct contact with their spiritual teachers, how can we reach them and tell them they need to change their vision? This is the central dilemma on planet earth. The question now becomes, “Since the people have turned their backs on their spiritual teachers, what can possibly break the downward spiral?”

Well, the only thing that can break the downward spiral is that the people change their vision.  But because they will not listen to their spiritual teachers and because the Ma-ter light obediently outpictures their vision, something else is needed to break the downward spiral, the vicious circle.  What is that something else? Well, one possibility is that we allow a wave of lifestreams to embody on planet earth, a wave of lifestreams that comes from an entirely different environment and therefore do not have the exact same vision as the lifestreams who are already on this planet. Thus, when these two waves of lifestreams interact, they will inevitably clash. And while this clashing will lead to conflict, it has the potential to break up the rigid mindset of both waves of lifestreams.

Do you see the essential principle I am explaining here? When you will not learn from your spiritual teachers, the only thing that has a possibility of teaching you life’s lessons is the school of hard knocks. And the more rigid a wave of lifestreams become, the harder the knocks that are required to break through their shell and make them rethink their approach to life.

The earth is in an upward spiral

Thus, my beloved, it was determined a long time ago that earth would no longer be an exclusive sphere for the original root races. Instead, many lifestreams from other systems of worlds, from other planets, from other galaxies, would be allowed to embody here. This does not mean that these lifestreams traveled here in the physical octave in spaceships. They did not. There are many lifestreams on earth who have a sense that they came from somewhere else, from other star systems. And while some are simply deluding themselves with fantasies, there are some who are correct. They did come from elsewhere. But their souls were allowed to embody on earth in human bodies. They were not transported here through material, mechanical means.

When you look at planet earth today, you see that it is indeed a crossroads of many different lifestreams, from many different backgrounds with many different attitudes and approaches to life. It is, so to speak, a melting pot. And the highest potential of this melting pot is that when people see the diversity, they will change their attitude, they will learn from each other, they will take the best from each evolution and build a culture that is more balanced, more centered, more harmonious.

Of course, there is always a lowest potential, which is that the different lifestreams will focus on their differences, thereby creating conflicts between them leading to physical warfare. This, of course, is what you have seen over and over again on this planet. So why did the ascended masters take this calculated risk of allowing the earth to become a melting pot? Well because if it had not happened, the original root races would have continued their downward spiral until they would have destroyed themselves.

What has happened instead is that – through the breaking up of the rigid mindset of the original root races – an upward spiral has indeed been created. This upward spiral can be seen when you look at planet earth from the perspective and with the vision of the ascended masters. It can even be seen by those who are perceptive and are willing to look at history with the purpose of looking for timeless elements of growth and transformation.

These elements can be seen in almost every culture. In fact there are very few cultures on this planet who have not been affected by the winds of change. In some cases one might say that change has not been for the better. But as I have tried to explain, when a certain culture is trapped in a rigid mindset, any change is actually a change for the better. For only when the rigid mindset is broken up, is there a potential to reverse the downward spiral and create genuine growth. Obviously, this potential does not always come to pass and a group of lifestreams, even an entire culture, can create a new downward spiral instead of the old downward spiral.

Yet I must tell you that the entire planet has entered an upward spiral that is breaking up the rigidity of the cultures around the earth. And when this rigidity is broken up, the people are often bewildered and distraught. They do not understand what is happening. They do not see that it is a potential for growth. Instead, they see it as a threat to their traditional lifestyle, which they have somehow – despite its obvious shortcomings and contradictions – come to believe is perfect or God-ordained and therefore should be maintained at all cost. This, my beloved, is tragic. But it is an occurrence that still cannot resist the winds of change and the wheel of time.

The original twelve tribes of Israel

When you look at the Middle East based on what I have told you, you see certain perspectives that suddenly come into focus and now become obvious. First of all, you must realize that the Middle East is not one of the holiest places on earth. Jesus descended to the Middle East not because it was a holy place but because it was one of the unholiest places on earth. Thus, he desired to bring the light where there was the greatest darkness. Likewise, the teachings – I might say: the pure original teachings – of the Koran, were given in the Middle East precisely because there was still great darkness.

Why is the Middle East a place of great darkness? Because certain lifestreams have embodied there who have come from other systems of worlds, and these lifestreams have a long history of warring amongst each other. When Jesus said that he came to rescue the lost sheep of the house of Israel, he was not actually talking about the original root races on planet earth. Jesus descended in the Middle East because he had volunteered to do a two-fold mission.

Part of Jesus’ mission is universal and timeless, as the hierarch of the Piscean Age, which is a planetary phenomenon. This was the Alpha aspect of Jesus’ mission. Yet the Omega aspect of Jesus’ mission was to address a specific problem that is centered in the Middle East, namely that there are twelve groups of lifestreams who have been allowed to embody on this planet. Yet these lifestreams have a long history, that goes far beyond the earth, of warring and competing amongst each other.

These lifestreams did originally come from a system, a solar system, that had twelve planets. Yet as each of them grew in sophistication, they became increasingly rigid and they became increasingly adept at misusing the Ma-ter light for their purposes of obtaining power and control. In doing so, they even used the Ma-ter light for the purpose of warfare, seeking to destroy each other. These lifestreams achieved technology that is more advanced than what you know of on planet earth today. They were able to travel from planet to planet within their own solar system. And eventually they started interplanetary wars.

This eventually led the entire solar system to self-destruct. And although many of the most rigid lifestreams went to their second death, a number of the other lifestreams were scattered throughout several galaxies and solar systems. As they embodied on other planets, some of them did indeed grow and transcend their mindset. Yet some of them fell back into the old patterns and continued their warring. Eventually some of these lifestreams were allowed to embody on a planet in this solar system, a planet that has now been destroyed, which created the asteroid belt. Representatives from all the original twelve planets have been allowed to embody on planet earth after the fall of the fourth root race. This has been done as a final opportunity for these lifestreams. And also as an opportunity for the lifestreams on earth who had become so rigid that they were beyond reach.

These twelve evolutions of lifestreams were indeed what Jesus referred to as the twelve tribes of Israel. So you now see that although these lifestreams are beloved by God, it is an illusion to think that any of these tribes, any of these waves of lifestreams – be they known as Jews or Arabs today – had a particular merit or a particularly high spiritual consciousness. In reality, none of them had a very high state of consciousness when they came to this earth. That is why they were the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Had they had a higher state of consciousness, they would not have been lost because they would have known who they were as co-creators with their God.

The Omega aspect of Jesus’ mission was that he took embodiment in a particular circumstance in order to speak directly to the lifestreams that had embodied in the Middle East and represented these twelve tribes. That is why, when you read the Bible carefully, you will see that Jesus clearly recognized that there were certain limitations put upon his physical mission. For he could not give forth certain teachings while he was in physical embodiment, precisely because the lost sheep of the house of Israel were at such a low state of consciousness, that he could not give them these powerful teachings. They would immediately have used these teachings for selfish purposes, even for warring amongst themselves. Thus, Jesus taught the multitudes in parables, the multitudes being the lost sheep of the twelve tribes of Israel, which were twelve evolutionary groups that came from far-off worlds.

Where are the tribes today?

What have these twelve tribes done with the teachings that Jesus gave them? Well, I am happy to report that, over the past 2,000 years, a great number of these lifestreams have indeed made sincere efforts to internalize Jesus’ teachings. That is why a number of these lifestreams are embodied in the predominantly Christian nations in the United States, Europe and to some degree South America. Yet I must also tell you that most of these lifestreams have not let go of their rigidity. This is why you see that they have turned Jesus’ teachings into a rigid, dogmatic religion, whether it be the Catholic Church or the fundamentalist or evangelical churches in the United States.

This, of course, shows you that many of these lifestreams have not fully internalized Jesus’ teachings. Thus, although they have made clear progress over the past 2,000 years, they are still a far cry from where they need to be in consciousness in order to become free of the past and take up their highest possible roles on this planet. Which is that they become universal sons and daughters of God, letting go of all sense of their old ways and their old history and origin. This is the only way that will allow these lifestreams to set themselves free from the patterns of their past, the patterns that they have been repeating now for tens of thousands of years. And of course, only when they completely overcome these patterns, will they be able to transcend and make their ascensions to higher spheres of learning.

While this is good news, I must also report that there are a number of the lifestreams from the twelve tribes that have not been willing to transcend their old ways and their old state of consciousness. These then are the lifestreams that have continued to embody in the Middle East. I am not saying that all people embodying in the Middle East belong to these lifestreams, for indeed some have volunteered to embody there to provide a counterbalance to the density of the consciousness of the original twelve tribes. Yet I must tell you that there is a significant number of the people in the Middle East who are embodying there precisely because they have not transcended the consciousness that Jesus came to challenge 2,000 years ago. In fact, they have become even more rigid in this state of consciousness.

This, of course, is what you see has led to countless wars and conflicts, not only over the past 2,000 years but going back beyond recorded history. Thus, I can tell you that the sands of the Middle East are indeed almost saturated with the blood of countless people, blood that has been spilled in senseless and pointless conflicts between lifestreams who are so trapped in the consciousness of competition and war that they cannot free themselves from it.

The Cain consciousness and the Middle East

The story from the old Testament of Cain and Abel does indeed have a very important message for these lifestreams. Abel, of course, represents a lifestream who has been willing to transcend his old rigidity. This is a lifestream who is willing to self-transcend and thereby flow with the River of Life. That is why he is beloved by God. Cain, of course, represents a lifestream who is not willing to self-transcend and who has become rigid in his state of consciousness. He is therefore jealous of the fact that Abel is more capable than himself in all ways, because Abel is not the doer but is allowing God to be the doer through him.

Thus, what is impossible with man, with the Cain consciousness, is now possible with God—with the Christ consciousness. This is what you see outpictured in the Middle East. There are lifestreams who have descended so far into the duality consciousness, that they are angry and jealous whenever they are confronted with someone who has obtained some degree of Christ consciousness. But  not only are they jealous. No, they want to destroy the person who is expressing Christ consciousness because they do not want to be disturbed in their state of consciousness.

I hope you can see the insanity of this frame of mind. These people are not happy and content in their current state of consciousness. They are indeed highly unhappy, conflicted and divided within themselves. They are divided because on one hand their insane jealousy makes them feel that they should be better than everybody else and should receive preferential treatment. Yet on the other hand they see that this is not happening and they blame not only other people on this planet, but they indeed blame God for the fact that it is not happening. They are completely refusing to take responsibility for their own situation and realize that things are not going well for them because they are not willing to let go of their old state of consciousness and come into oneness with God.

Yet because they blame God for this, rather than taking responsibility and transcending their own state of consciousness, they are stuck in a catch-22. They cannot free themselves from this state of consciousness. And so what you see outpictured in the Middle East is the pattern I told you about earlier, where lifestreams with clashing world views have been put together in a melting pot, so that by clashing with each other, they will never obtain peace but will constantly be forced to deal with the contradictions in their own psychology.

This is indeed the school of hard knocks, and we of the ascended masters would love nothing more than to see these lifestreams transcend this level of learning. We have done almost everything that could be done in terms of sending Jesus to the area, in terms of giving them the teachings of the Koran, in terms of renewing the Jewish religion through the Kabbalah. But yet there are lifestreams who insist on ignoring all of these efforts, continuing to repeat the same old patterns over and over again. And thus, I must tell you that there is only one thing that has any chance of helping these lifestreams break the old patterns.  And that is that their conflicts, that their warring, becomes so pronounced that it finally becomes so obvious that people begin to see that it is their consciousness that is the problem.

People must overcome their fear of progress

When you take an honest look at the Middle East today, you will see that both Jews and Arabs are blaming each other. It is an inescapable fact that when you blame other people – or God or Mother Nature – for your misfortune, you have not taken full responsibility for yourself and your life. My Beloved, please take note of that sentence. It expresses an eternal truth, a truth that has no compromise.

If you blame anyone else, you have not taken responsibility for yourself. If you blame yourself, you have not taken responsibility for yourself. For when you take full and final responsibility for yourself, there is no need to blame because now all of your attention is focused on transcending yourself. And when you are engaged in the process of self-transcendence, there is no room or need for blame. For blame is the opposite of self-transcendence in that it seeks to fix guilt upon certain people and say that they are bad and that they will remain bad indefinitely. For what was done in the past can never be undone, and therefore these people have the blame for it forever.

This is the Cain consciousness. This is the predominant consciousness of the Middle East.  What can break the situation? Well, as I have said, there are indeed some of the more advanced members of the twelve tribes of Israel who have embodied in other parts of the world. These lifestreams have to some degree transcended the consciousness of the Middle East.

Yet what has not yet happened on a worldwide scale is that the members of the twelve tribes that embody outside of the Middle East have gained the perspective on what is happening in the Middle East. These lifestreams have not yet seen through the Cain consciousness. So the greatest potential for changing the status quo in the Middle East is that these more advanced lifestreams come to the recognition of what is going on in the Middle East, and then use that awareness to reach out to their brothers and sisters from their own tribes that are still embodied in the Middle East.

This does not mean that these lifestreams, of whom many have embodied in Christian countries, need to go down there and try to convert the people in the Middle East to Christianity. This is, at the present level of consciousness, a grave mistake, for it will only be seen as an outside intrusion. What is needed is that the more advanced lifestreams adopt a more universal attitude of peace and a balanced approach to conflict.  And this is the universal message that needs to be brought to the Middle East.

The other thing that needs to be brought to the Middle East is that the more advanced lifestreams – who live in more modern countries, countries that have a long-standing tradition for democracy and economic progress – can help their brothers and sisters in the Middle East overcome their fear of progress, even their fear of democracy, even their fear of freedom. This is one of the main hurdles that stands in the way of progress in the Middle East, namely that so many people there are afraid of change.

Overcoming the illusion of being God’s chosen people

An important part of this mission would be to help the lifestreams in the Middle East overcome the illusion that they are God’s chosen people, and that their traditional culture and lifestyle is somehow ordained by God and thus should be maintained at all costs. It is not rational in this day and age that certain Jewish groups maintain customs, even hair and dress style, that are centuries old. It is not rational that certain Arab groups seek to stop the clock of progress, seeking to maintain a culture that died over a century ago.

What needs to happen is that the more advanced lifestreams – who have lived and grown up in western nations – seek to help their brothers and sisters who are still in the Middle East overcome their fear of progress, their fear of material and technological progress, their fear of economic progress, their fear of political progress, their fear of democracy and freedom, even their fear of social progress, especially relating to giving women equal status in society.

Yet, sad as it is to say, even the most advanced lifestreams from the twelve tribes that have grown up in the West are a far cry from being able to fulfill this mission, because they are still too rigid in their own approach to life and especially in their approach to religion. As I said, many of these lifestreams are today Christians. And they have done to the Christian religion exactly the same as the most orthodox and rigid Jews have done to Judaism and as the most orthodox and religious Muslims have done to Islam. They have turned it into an exclusivist religion. And they have continued the age-old game of saying that their religion is the only true one and therefore they are better than all non-believers.

This insanity must come to end, and it will come to end only when those who have either completely transcended the consciousness of the twelve tribes or who are not members of the twelve tribes but have come from other systems of worlds to raise up planet earth, take up their intended role to be the representatives of the Christ consciousness on earth. Once again, we come back to the fact that is the underlying fact upon planet earth. Although planet earth is a crossroads with lifestreams from many different backgrounds, it is a fact that when all of these lifestreams embody on the same planet, they become part of the same web of life. And it is a fact that when one part of this web is raised, it will pull up everyone else. As Jesus said, “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth will draw all men unto me.” Thus, if you take a tablecloth and pull up one corner, you will eventually raise the entire cloth.

So, once again, we look to those who are the most advanced spiritual seekers on this planet to be the forerunners for breaking the rigidity of the old consciousness by raising their own consciousness and striving to put on the mind of Christ. Only in this way can we see a domino effect that will eventually reach the Middle East.

The knocks may have to become harder for a time

I must tell you that it is time for you who are open to the teachings of the ascended masters to step up to a higher awareness of the Middle East. It is time for you to realize, that there is a human form of compassion and there is a divine form of compassion. I understand that many of you have compassion for the people in the Middle East and would like to see them live constructive and peaceful lives without the risk of being killed or maimed through some suicide bombing or a missile or bomb being dropped upon them.

Yet, you need to recognize, that what is happening in the Middle East is an outplaying of events that, as I said, are simply the school of hard knocks. Thus, you must not focus your consciousness of trying to soften the blows in the short term, for it will indeed be necessary that the blows be allowed to hit with full force, so that the knocks eventually become so hard, that the lesson penetrates through the walls of rigidity and spiritual blindness that these lifestreams have erected around their minds.

What must be allowed to happen in the coming years in the Middle East is that the Cain consciousness in all of its subtle manifestations is allowed to outplay itself until it becomes so obvious, that people begin to see it for what it is and say, “This can no longer be allowed on our planet.” This recognition will obviously start first in countries that are far away from the Middle East. And it has indeed already started to happen in a number of countries in Europe, and to a much lesser degree in the United States. I must tell you, beloved, that even Russia and the Russian government, as flawed as it is, has a more realistic view of the situation in the Middle East than the current American government, and especially the American media which is so heavily influenced by a pro-Israel bias that they refuse to call a spade a spade.

I ask you NOT to envision that you are putting out every little fire that springs up in the Middle East. For if you use your rosaries, your prayers and even your power of vision to put out all these fires, you will only prolong the process. The process of the fires eventually becoming so big that they become impossible to ignore, and thus people need to start looking for the cause of the fire instead of just looking at the smoke, trying to blow it away from their own borders. I ask you to call for the enlightenment of all people to the reality of what is going on in the Middle East, the reality of the Cain consciousness being the driving force behind these conflicts, the reality that these outer conflicts – no matter what might seem to be their physical cause – will never stop until the spiritual cause, the psychological cause is addressed head-on.

It takes an act of will to free oneself from the Cain consciousness. And so far that will has been missing in the Middle East, partly because some people refuse to see the Cain consciousness and partly because some have glorified it, indeed thinking that their god will reward them for their acts of revenge. Sometimes things must be allowed to act out to such a degree, that they become obvious even to the most dense of minds.

The potential for war in the Middle East and a world-wide war

Yet for you to be able to hold this vision, you need to be willing to confront your fears. Thus, I would give you a few words of comfort.  The area of the Middle East has a lot of desert. There is a lot of sand in that desert. Now, think back to your childhood of how you played in sandboxes. My Beloved, a sandbox is a wonderful place for children to play because the sand is soft. Thus, they have a limited potential for hurting themselves.

What I desire you to see is that the Middle East is a sandbox for some very immature lifestreams. Yes, I realize that these lifestreams do not only have plastic shovels but have modern weapons that are quite powerful. Yet I still desire you to hold the vision that they are children playing in the sandbox. And although there is a negative potential, I desire you to hold the vision that they will not hurt themselves or others.

Indeed, I desire you to hold the vision that these children playing in the sandbox will suddenly have a shift in consciousness that makes them able to laugh at themselves and start enjoying playing in the sandbox, rather than fighting over the toys or over whether a particular line in the sand should be drawn here or a few miles East or West, North or South. I desire you to hold the vision that they will start playing together rather than working against each other.

Thus, I must tell  you that even though the warring in the Middle East is likely to escalate, we of the ascended masters consider it a minor conflict on the horizon of the transition to the Golden Age. The greater potential for a larger war is indeed a war over energy. And although such a war would also involve the oil resources in the Middle East, it is a war that can only come from beyond the Middle East and will not be caused by the nations there. Thus, I desire you to separate things out and realize that the warring in the Middle East that you see flaring up right now is not a planetary issue, but it is localized phenomenon caused by the Cain consciousness and the warring among the most rigid and immature members of the original twelve tribes of Israel.

Hold the vision that love conquers all

This, my beloved, has been a long discourse and although there is surely more to say about this topic, I have at least given you some thoughts to ponder, thoughts that I trust you will use to gain insights from within. And thus, as time is right we will give you more about this situation and about the situation in the world. For now, I seal you in the love of the Mother’s heart, the love of the Mother who desires all of her children to play in harmony, whether they play in the sandbox or on the swing-set or run through the meadow in the pure joy of feeling the grass under their feet, the sun on their skin and the wind through their hair.

Be of good cheer, for I am the representative of the Divine Mother on earth, and I desire you to know that I am joyful and optimistic about the future of this planet, even about the future of the Middle East. Do not hold the vision that things will get worse. Hold the vision that suddenly some breakthrough will occur that will make people come to their senses and cry out for peace instead of crying out for revenge.

Love conquers all, and it is only an absence of love that prevents the situation in the Middle East from being conquered. Yet that love rains freely upon the just and the unjust. And it is only a matter of a slight change of the dial of consciousness, so that people can start accepting that love, rather than seeing themselves of being unworthy to receive it. And once they have that perfect love, it will cast out their fears and the need for revenge that springs from the fear that something worse can happen in the future if they do not take action now.

This is the fear that makes them afraid of turning the other cheek—out of the fear that they will appear weak.  The only solution to the conflict in the Middle East is that someone must start turning the other cheek and keep turning the other cheek, until they have finally made the evil of those who keep hitting them so obvious, that not only the world can see it, but that these people can see it themselves. Had Israel been willing to embrace the principle of turning the other cheek, they would have long ago made Hamas and Hesbollah irrelevant. For neither the Palestinians nor the Lebanese people would have embraced these organizations whose entire purpose is revenge.

I seal you in the love of the Mother, which can consume all your fears. Fear not what can happen in the Middle East. Focus on becoming the open door for the flame of ecstatic peace to stream through your chakras into the Middle East. Invoke that flame. Become that flame and consume all unlike it. Thus, I seal you in the name of the Father, the Son, the Holy Spirit and the Divine Mother. I seal you in the name of the Great Divine Director, who is truly directing the experiment we call planet earth. I seal you in the flame of ecstatic peace, which is able to consume all warring on this planet—when it is allowed to flow through those who have become the open doors.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

A Spiritual Teaching Can Abort Your Growth

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels.

As I explained in previous discourses, most people start walking the spiritual path in a conscious way when they find some kind of spiritual or religious teaching. People have an awakening or conversion experience, and they now join a religious or spiritual – or perhaps a political or charitable – organization. Such an awakening experience is always the result of the longing for something more, the desire to understand, the sense that there must be answers to life’s questions. As I explained earlier, this longing – although it can lead to pain or a sense of aloneness or emptiness – is the safety mechanism that prevents you from becoming totally lost in the duality consciousness. This is what we might call the “quest for truth,” and it is the driving force behind all spiritual growth.

Your ego’s main goal is to prevent you from awakening to a higher sense of identity as a spiritual being. It will do anything within its power to get you to ignore or deny the quest for truth. As I have explained, this can be achieved only on a temporary basis, and eventually the quest for truth will resurface. Even then, your ego will not give up. The ego will take the spiritual or religious teaching that served as the outer tool for your awakening, and it will seek to use it to neutralize your quest for truth. This discourse will expose some of the methods that the ego uses to achieve its perpetual goal of trying to make sure that the latest step you have taken on the spiritual path becomes the last step you will ever take.

The vain dream of a guaranteed salvation

As explained in previous discourses, the one truth of the Christ mind is above and beyond the many dualistic “truths” created by the mind of anti-christ. The essence of your quest for truth is a longing for a direct experience of the source of truth, the Spirit of Truth. It is this experience which is the truth that will set you free from the ego. No man-made, dualistic belief system can do this for you.

The ego, of course, will never understand this truth. It is seeking to misdirect your search for truth and make you believe you can find some ultimate or absolute truth in this world and that this dualistic truth can guarantee your salvation.

A common result of an awakening experience is that people begin to believe that by joining an outer organization, they have somehow “made it,” have been saved or have arrived at the ultimate destination. This belief is always promoted by the ego because it wants you to believe that by the mere act of stepping into this “ultimate” teaching or organization, you have automatically qualified for salvation. Perhaps the organization defines a process for you to go through, but nevertheless, the ego wants you to believe that as long as you stay in the organization and keep following its outer requirements, your salvation is guaranteed.

The reality of the situation is, however, that the ego has managed to herd you into a fold that it will now attempt to turn into a closed box, a mental prison that traps you indefinitely on the false path to salvation. By making you believe that your salvation is now guaranteed, the ego has neutralized your quest for truth. The ego can often silence your inner longing for an indefinite period of time, certainly for the rest of one lifetime. The ego has managed to make you think that because you have now found some ultimate teaching, you no longer need to think—you no longer need to exercise Christ discernment.

There are millions of people who believe they are religious or spiritual people and that they are saved or are making great progress. In reality, they have stopped their spiritual progress and have allowed their egos to trap them in a “holier-than-thou” attitude. This is the false sense of righteousness that I denounced so forcefully in the scribes and Pharisees. The true righteousness is the Christ consciousness in which you never stop transcending yourself and thus flow with the River of Life that is the Spirit of Truth—the Living God rather than an ego-made idol.

The driving force behind your quest for truth is that you ask questions. When the ego makes you believe in a guaranteed salvation, it has made you accept that there are certain questions you either are not allowed to ask or do not need to ask. You no longer need to stretch your mind and reach for a progressively deeper understanding of the spiritual side of life. Simply accept the doctrines of your organization and stop thinking about the more subtle or difficult questions. You will then prevent or abort the direct inner contact with the Spirit of Truth, which is the only factor that can take you beyond the dualistic beliefs of the ego.

For example, you see many Christians who believe I ascended to heaven 2,000 years ago and that I have “all power in Heaven and on earth.” They cannot accept that I could be speaking to humankind today, giving teachings that go beyond what is said in the Christian Bible. They have turned the Bible into a closed box. You also see many New Age people who are open to my website—until they come across teachings that contradict their belief that all is well. Many New Age people reject my teachings on evil, dark forces or the need to take a firm stand for truth. They have turned the concept of being kind into a closed box and will not let me take them out of it. Their egos have become their teachers.

The ego has now created the perfect mental prison in which you feel relatively content. You think that as long as you stay in the prison, you will be saved. You think you should never look outside the prison. As long as you accept this approach to spirituality and salvation, your ego can feel safe because it knows that the Conscious You will never discover the ego’s existence.

Should you begin to see through the illusion of an automatic salvation through an outer organization or guru, the ego can still win. Many people have realized that a particular organization or guru was not what they first thought it to be. Instead of searching for something better, they give up on the spiritual path, which means they now have nothing to lead them beyond the logic of the ego. The ego has won either way.

Black-and-white, gray and beyond

Let us look at how the black-and-white and the gray approaches (as described in the previous two discourses) relate to this:

When you take the black-and-white approach, you think there is truth in only one belief system. You never need to look at any ideas outside your belief system. You think you should reject all such ideas as dangerous. This explains why many Christians believe that anything which is not in accordance with the Bible is of the devil and why some New Age people think they should listen only to their guru. You become stuck in one belief system and can never move beyond it. This approach is based on fear, the fear that opening your mind makes you vulnerable to false ideas. This is the ego saying that unless you allow it to control you, you will go to hell.

When you take the gray approach, you think there are no false ideas. You are willing to look for ideas in many different belief systems, which can seem to be more open-minded. If you do not have the willingness to discern (as explained in the previous discourse), people often end up doing what I call guru-hopping. They go from teacher to teacher until they find one that confirms their belief that they can be saved without discerning and confronting their egos. Or they continue to go from guru to guru, constantly thinking that the next one will do it all for them, all the while refusing to see that no serious spiritual growth is possible until they take responsibility for their path and exercise their built-in ability to know truth from an inner source. This approach is based on pride, the belief that you could not possibly be wrong. This is the ego saying that it is always right.

Although the two approaches can seem very different, the reality is that they are based on the same basic psychology, namely an unwillingness to reach beyond the duality of the ego and attain the discernment that can come only from the Christ mind. It is only through the Christ mind – which is the open door that no human can shut – that you can experience God’s Living Truth. It is only this forever self-transcending truth that will make you free from the dualistic “truth” – the graven images – defined by the ego and the prince of this world.

The mechanism that can bring you beyond the prison of the ego is the quest for truth. The ego is constantly seeking to stop this quest. If it cannot stop you from asking questions, it will seek to divert your attention. The central aspect of the ego’s efforts it that it is trying to make you believe that ultimate, absolute truth can be found in this world—in one of the belief systems of this world.

As I have tried to explain in previous discourses, truth cannot be confined to the words and images used in the material world. Truth is a Living Spirit, and thus you can know truth only by having a direct, inner experience of the Spirit of Truth. In order to have this experience – to know the one true God – you must be willing to look beyond the graven images – the idols – created in this world.

The ego is trying to make you believe in its own mistaken belief, namely that the Spirit of Truth can be captured in – confined to – a belief system in this world. If you believe this lie, you will limit your quest for truth to a particular mental box, and thus you will not encounter the Spirit of Truth—except possibly in rare glimpses. Your ego will never see that the Spirit of Truth bloweth where it listeth and thus cannot be confined. The Conscious You is able to see this truth and then decide to reach for the direct experience.

Let me be clear. As long as you are searching for truth outside yourself, you will never find the Living Truth. There simply is no belief system on this planet that will guarantee your salvation. No outer system can ever take you – automatically – to enlightenment. The reason being that enlightenment is an inner condition that can be reached only by continuing to look beyond all outer beliefs systems, until you attain a permanent state of oneness with the Spirit of Truth.

Take note of the subtle distinction here. I am not saying that all belief systems are false or that it is wrong to follow a belief system or teacher. In order to make ultimate spiritual progress, you must become aware of the mechanism whereby your ego turns the outer belief system into a closed box. If you are not aware of this, you will inevitably be trapped by the ego, and your progress will come to a halt—even if you have been following a teaching and diligently performing its practices for many years.

Take note that the ego can use even a true and valid spiritual teaching – even a teaching released directly by the ascended masters – to create a closed box. Once a teaching is expressed in words, it enters the realm of duality, and it can now be used by the ego. There is no guarantee against this—except your personal alertness and discernment!

Also take note that there is only one way to have true discernment. In order to expose a dualistic truth created by the ego, you must have a frame of reference, you must know a truth that is not dualistic. This can be attained only through a direct, inner experience of the Spirit of Truth whereby you have a direct experience of the Living Truth and can thus instantly expose all dead doctrines coming from the mind of anti-christ. Can you see that no outer teaching can do this for you? There simply is no substitute for a direct experience of the Spirit of Truth.

Many people will read these statements and think they do not apply to them. They will think that they really have found the ultimate teacher or belief system, and thus their egos cannot possibly trap them. There are also those who will think they have such a sophisticated intellectual understanding of the path – perhaps even of the ego – that they could not possibly be fooled. The ego is subtle, and it is precisely the people who think they are above the ego who are trapped in the most subtle weapon of the ego, namely intellectual and spiritual pride. This is a topic I will talk more about later.

 

NOTE: The rest of this dictation is available in the book Freedom from Ego Illusions.

 

Copyright © 2006 Kim Michaels

Let the winds of change be unleashed

TOPICS: The free trade agreement between North and south America – People in South America must want freedom –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, July 4th, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved, there can indeed be no freedom without a whole being, a whole energy field, a whole mind, heart and emotions. Thus, dedicate yourself to healing your psychology, to establishing wholeness. And I must tell you that even if you have established that wholeness, even if you think you have healing, even if you think you have manifested a certain degree of Christhood, I say to you, be willing to be whole for there is indeed hardly anyone who cannot benefit from making an effort to establish greater wholeness in the psyche. For not only do you heal your own psyche, you heal the collective psyche and that of the planet. And surely you must be able to see that there is much healing needed in the collective psyche on this planet, especially on this continent of South America, where the people are indeed oppressed to the point where they do not know what is for their own good.

The free trade agreement between North and South America

Thus, you see a situation in this place where they strike against the free trade agreement that may in the short term seem to be not in their own best interest. But nevertheless, from the greater perspective and in the long term it is a step forward. I am not thereby saying that the free trade agreement is perfect or flawless. Indeed, as always happens, the prime force behind this agreement is the power elite who are seeking to establish a free trade zone for their own benefit and for the benefit of multinational corporations. Yet I must tell you that as flawed as this agreement is, it is still a step in the right direction and we can work with it over time. For when you think about it, how can there be an age of freedom if there is not free trade, the free movement of goods and services across national borders.

Thus, it is indeed essential to establish greater freedom and greater trade between the North and South American continents, for we have spoken of the necessity of establishing a figure-eight flow of spiritual energy from the North to the South and back. And the physical equivalent of this figure-eight flow is indeed the flow of goods and services, the flow of ideas, so that the people of South America can learn from the greater progress that has been made in the Northern hemisphere.

When you look at the conditions under which people live, it is obvious that much change and much improvement is needed in the economy, in the social system, in the educational system, indeed in the establishment of true knowledge of the people so that they are not held back by ignorance. Even the willful ignorance that causes so many of them to be unwilling to change, to be unwilling to reach for something more.

People in South America must want freedom

What we have established is indeed a greater focus of the Freedom Flame in South America that will bring a greater outpouring of that Freedom Flame. And this has the potential to awaken those who are the most sensitive among the people here. For indeed, I must tell you that for change, for positive change, to happen in South America, there must be a greater love, a greater longing for freedom among the people. They must want freedom from their present living conditions. Even the physical living conditions of living in poverty, living in housing that is at a standard that was abandoned centuries ago in the Northern hemisphere.

Unless the people long for the freedom from oppression, material and spiritual oppression, how can there be progress on this continent? Indeed, it is not possible. And thus we see that much change is needed. There is indeed a great need for social reform, for economic reform. But I must tell you that there is also an equally great need for religious reform. For it is a sad but inescapable fact that for centuries the Catholic Church has been the main instrument for oppressing the people of South America by oppressing their minds, locking their minds into a very small world view that simply is not conducive to the cause of freedom.

This stranglehold on the minds of the people of South America must be broken, and it will be broken only when the freedom flame kindles the love for freedom in the hearts of the people. Thus, those of you in South America who are open to our spiritual teachings, open to our rosaries, and those elsewhere who are likewise open, I ask you to envision that there is indeed established a focus of the Freedom Flame here on the Island of the sun in Lake Titicaca. And I ask you to visualize how it spreads out over the entire South American continent, even up into Central America and rekindles the love for freedom in the hearts of the people, the love for freedom that many souls that have embodied on this continent for thousands of years have not had ever. Because they have always lived in societies that were highly oppressive, highly elitist, centered around a small elite that were treated as gods on earth, as you see in the Inca culture and other cultures.

When you study these cultures, you clearly see why they have disappeared, for there was not the love of freedom, neither on the part of the people nor on the part of the rulers. Everyone wanted to maintain status quo, but as God Meru so clearly explained – and as I have explained so many times – it is not possible to maintain status quo. For indeed, change is the order of the day as my guru likes to say.

Thus, I, Saint Germain, come with the Presence of the Great Divine Director to say, on this day, July 4th, 2006, I release the Flame of Freedom that will break up all rigidity and all resistance to freedom. And therefore, I say, “Change is the order of the day! Change is the order of the next 2,000 years, where we will see the age of freedom and the Golden Age of Saint Germain be manifest!” But only after massive changes have occurred in the physical and the spiritual realms of planet earth.

Therefore, I say let the winds of change be unleashed this moment. With a force and an intensity that cannot be held back, that cannot be stopped by the collective consciousness or the forces of anti-freedom, for I Saint Germain am the God of Freedom. And I am speaking through a physical instrument but I am practically in physical embodiment, speaking these words. And thus, they carry the absolute full power of the God of Freedom and I say, “Change is manifest now! The winds of change will not be stopped! Thus it is finished! Amen.”

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Your mission is spiritual wholeness

TOPICS: Free energy technology – Loving yourself is the essential key – There can be no Golden Age without love – Be whole in loving yourself  – An Aquarian Age movement for spiritual healing –


Ascended Master God Meru, July 3, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

It has been our aim from the very beginning to bring forth teachings, tools and techniques to raise up those who can be raised up to manifest their Christhood. For my beloved, there is only one thing that will transform the earth into the Golden Age of Saint Germain—and that is Christhood. Namely that a critical mass of people attain and express their Christhood, wherever they are on this planetary body.

There is no other means for bringing in a Golden Age. It is certainly true that part of bringing in a Golden Age is to bring forth new technology, new knowledge, new economic philosophies and systems, new political philosophies, new spiritual and religious philosophies. Yet, while these are necessary and are indeed the Omega aspect of bringing in a Golden Age, I must tell you plainly that no amount of technology, knowledge, political reform or social programs or religious programs can ever bring in the Golden Age of Saint Germain.

Free energy technology

For the Golden Age of Saint Germain is not a mechanical age and cannot be brought in through mechanical means. It is an age of Christhood. For Saint Germain has no desire to see his flame of freedom be perverted through the very technology that he has brought forth in order to give people freedom to pursue their spiritual growth—instead of spending their time and energy on eking out a living from the dry soil.

Thus, Saint Germain has decided that the release of new technology will be measured very closely to the increase of Christhood among the most spiritually advanced people on this planet. The technology that can revolutionize energy production and thereby every aspect of industry and life on this planet, is ready to be released by Saint Germain himself. But that technology will not be released until a critical mass of people have manifested a critical degree of Christhood, so that they can hold the balance whereby we can prevent that this new powerful technology will be misused for war and control, as we have seen every other technology released to humankind be misused by the power elite.

When you look at technology, you see how it is being used over and over again for the purposes of control, for the purposes of suppressing the people and concentrating power, wealth – even freedom – in the hands of the elite. This cannot continue, and thus it has been determined by our councils that if, indeed, it is necessary that the world will go through a major energy crises or a major war over oil, then this must be allowed to happen so that the people can be awakened to the dangers and the limitations of technology without Christ vision.

Yet, we would much prefer to see a scenario where those of you who are the most spiritually advanced people will make that last effort to heal your psychology, to expose your ego and to manifest and express your Christhood, whereby you can hold that balance, so that before a major energy crises – leading to a third world war – will occur, we can release the technology that will make oil obsolete in a matter of a couple of decades.

Freedom has many facets, and certainly one aspect of freedom is to have unlimited, free energy available for the development of every aspect of human society. Just imagine that on a remote island in the middle of this huge lake you could have a form of technology that produces electricity without burning fossil fuel. Thus, even on a remote island, you could build a thriving city, even a thriving spiritual retreat, for you would have independence from any monopolies of energy.

This is a vision I desire you to hold, for in the future it will indeed be an essential part of the Golden Age that we can have Golden Age societies in locations where it is not now feasible for them to survive. Thereby, the spiritual people can withdraw themselves from the hustle and bustle of civilization and build retreat centers that can hold the spiritual balance and allow people to escape from the cities, renew themselves, raise their consciousness, and then go back into the cities to administer to those who are not yet awakened.

Loving yourself is the essential key

My Beloved, what will it take for a critical mass of people to manifest the necessary degree of Christhood, to hold the balance in these critical early phases of the Golden Age? Well, it will take the healing of psychology. And here I would like to point out – in the strongest way I possibly can – that there is indeed a large number of people on this planet who have been pursuing their spiritual growth for decades. They have followed various practices, various teachers and teachings—they have made progress. But I must tell you that a substantial portion of them have not passed the critical point on the path, the critical point whereby they have healed their psychology to the point, where they are able to fully accept that they are sons and daughters of God in embodiment.

Accepting that you are a son or daughter of God means that you are perfectly able to love yourself. For if you cannot love yourself, then you cannot fully accept that you are a son or daughter of God. You cannot fully accept that you are worthy to be a son or daughter of God. You cannot fully accept that you are worthy to walk the earth as a Christed Being, and you cannot accept that you are worthy to express your Christhood, to express Christ truth, and to challenge the errors of the consciousness of anti-christ.

And if you do not accept that you are fully worthy to be a representative of God on earth, then you will be overwhelmed by the onslaught of the forces of anti-christ, even the forces of many well-meaning people around you, who will not accept that you come out and declare that you know Christ truth, whereas they for some reason have come to believe that according to this or that guru or spiritual teaching one is not supposed to make that declaration.

Yet as has been said by Jesus, Christhood that is not expressed in a selfless pursuit of freeing other people is not Christhood. It is not Christhood that is manifest. And thus, it does God and the ascended masters no good for you to sit in some remote cave, meditating twenty-four hours a day—even if you have reached a certain inner state of purity of meditation. What is needed in this time is that those who have manifested their Christhood at inner levels also dare to express it by helping others.

Unless you are selflessly working to help others, you have not truly manifested Christhood. And what will it take for you to clear that hump, where you are not longer focused on your own growth? What will it take for you to throw away that sense of self and work selflessly for the greater cause of the ascended masters, for the greater cause of raising the consciousness of humankind? Well, it will take that one thing, my beloved—that you come to the point of fully, finally loving yourself because you fully, finally accept that you are lovable and that you are loved by God precisely because you were created by God as an individualization of God’s very own Being. And thus you sprang from love, and you came from love and you are fully lovable.

This is the essential key. And I must tell you that the prince of this world, the forces of this world – working with your own individual ego – have managed to come up with all kinds of schemes, whereby they have made people believe that they should not love themselves. Yet if you do not love yourself, you cannot follow Jesus’ commandment. And what was his commandment, when he was asked about the most important commandment of the law? Well, he said that the first commandment is to love God with all your heart, soul and mind. And the second one is to love your neighbor as yourself.

In order to love your God, you must love yourself as God, as an individualization of God—so that you love God as your own higher being. You love God as your greater Self. And in order to love others as yourself, you must know that they too are extensions of God. And therefore, they are extensions of your own greater self, and therefore you are connected to them through your own connection to God. And thus, you can love others as yourself, as your own greater Self – in a horizontal sense – in the material world. This is the love that will transform this world into the Golden Age of Saint Germain.

There can be no Golden Age without love

There are those who have studied spiritual teachings for decades and who have spent a considerable amount of time, energy and vision envisioning what the Golden Age of Saint Germain will be like. Yet they have often focused on some of the visions of grand technology and grand cities with great temples, but I tell you that although these outer visions may indeed come to pass, they will come to pass only if they are built on a solid foundation, if they are built on the rock of Christ. And the rock of Christ is love—love for God Above, love for all men below.

There can be no Golden Age without love. It cannot be brought forth through technology or through mechanical means, as the false teachers on this planet would have you believe through many cleaver schemes. No matter how many people on this earth learned about the violet flame and gave violet flame decrees, it would not automatically bring about the Golden Age. My Beloved, could I possibly say this more clearly? Why am I repeating myself? Because your egos have already put in place subtle beliefs that make you think there is some mechanical means, through a spiritual technique, for putting in place the Golden Age.

So many of you believe that if you just follow certain outer practices, or if enough people start performing a spiritual technique, then the Golden Age will somehow manifest by itself. Jesus has told you this is not so. Mother Mary has told you it is not so. Saint Germain and El Morya have told you it is not so. And now, I God Meru, tell you that this is not so. Christhood is not a mechanical state of consciousness. It is a state of consciousness based entirely on love.

Be whole in loving yourself

Thus, surely we will bring forth the next invocation designed to help you overcome what prevents you from loving yourself. But I must tell you that not even an invocation will be enough. You all need to make a sincere effort to heal your psychological wounds, to help each other come to the point where each one of you can love yourself. And thereby, you as a group, you as a community, you as a movement can love one another as Jesus loves you, as we of the ascended masters love you because we know that you are part of ourselves. And then, when you have that love amongst each other, you can begin to reach out and administer to those in the world who are surely longing for that love, that sense of oneness and community. And thereby you can help them heal their own psychology.

We are not trying to start another religion or movement that will set itself apart as being superior to others. We are trying to start movements that will welcome people from all backgrounds without requiring them to foreswear their religious adherence or without requiring them to acquire religious beliefs. We are talking about a universal movement of spiritual healing that is meant to take people to wholeness, the wholeness of the psychology, the wholeness of the energy field that then closes off the person, seals the person, from the negativity of this world. Whereby the person can finally go within, contact his or her own higher being and then gradually come to accept that he or she is worthy to receive God’s unconditional love. And this acceptance then leads on to the point of experiencing that unconditional love—which is the perfect love that casts out all fear, all negative momentums.

And once you have experienced that love and begin to experience it on a daily basis, you will have no fears, no fear of expressing your Christhood, no fear of being who you are, no fear of stating Christ truth in whatever aspect of society you have expertise and experience. Nor will you have any fear of seeking to help others reach that state of wholeness, no matter how wounded they may appear to be.

An Aquarian Age movement for spiritual healing

On this day, July 3rd, 2006, I the God Meru with my consort, whom you know only as the Goddess Meru, announce that we will indeed sponsor a new activity of spiritual healing, of spiritual wholeness. This is a considerable dispensation, and I am sure that some will know and sense in their hearts the significance of this.

We are looking for those who are willing to set aside the outer life, the desire for material possessions, power, status among men, acquiring a comfortable lifestyle, or any of the other traps on this planet that take you away from fulfilling your divine plan. These are the ones we look for to come forward, to make the effort – the all-encompassing, totally focused, totally honest effort – to heal their own psychology and then become the worthy teachers and healers of others.

This is not an endeavor that can be completed by one or two people. Many are needed. Many are ready. Many are worthy. So therefore, we say, “Come forward! Use your creativity. Put your heads and your resources together. Form a school, a teaching mission, whereby you can help each other manifest Christhood and help each other to establish the right ways and techniques to help more people.” You must understand that the endeavor that we are beginning now is an Aquarian Age endeavor, and therefore we will not bring forth everything through a few people. For we do not desire to see another movement that is focused around one or two persons with the inevitable idolatry that accompanies this form of organization. This is a Piscean form of organization and it has had its day. It is time to move on.

It is therefore time for people to step up to the plate and say, “We have something to contribute. God in us has a contribution to make.” And thus, you can help each other and you can grow together. And in this growing together, by you coming together – being in one place of one accord in mind and heart – you can form the chalice whereby we will release what needs to be released through whomever will be the open door for a particular teaching or technique or tool. This is the Aquarian Age concept that we desire to see you espouse, to embrace, to accept—to accept that God within every person is worthy to be a messenger, to be an open door, for some new tool or teaching that can be brought forth in many different ways.

Thus I seal this release of Light. And I send a wave of Light to every person on earth who has the potential to manifest Christ consciousness in this embodiment. And I say to all of you, not just to the few, “The kingdom of God is at hand. This is the acceptable hour. Your Lord has need of you!” Your Lord has need of you to preach his true teachings in this age, the true teachings of the path to Christhood, the true teachings of wholeness, the universal state of wholeness that transcends all human divisions. Thus, wake up and come from wherever you are, from whatever background you come from, but come together and be of one accord in one place in mind and heart, so that you can bring forth the teachings of the New Age that will transform this planet and bring in the Golden Age of Saint Germain.

Rise up and overthrow the lies, the errors, the deceit of those who are working against the fulfillment of the mission of Jesus Christ and the beginning of the true mission of Saint Germain. Thus I say: “Be the Christ on earth! Be! Be! Be! Be! Be the Christ on all seven rays! Be the Living Christ in embodiment!”

And let your Light shine before men, that they may see that it does not come from you but from your own I AM Presence, the greater Being out of which you are an individualization. And so they can see that that Light is also within themselves and can be fanned into a mighty flame that will consume all unlike itself on earth. Thus, I charge you with the greatest release and outpouring of Light that has been seen on this planet for ten thousand years and I say, “Let this day mark the beginning of the countdown to the beginning of the Golden Age of Saint Germain.” Let it be sealed by the entire power of the entire Spirit of the Great White Brotherhood. So it is finished!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Understand why civilizations rise and fall

TOPICS: An active flame of peace – Marxist, communist, socialist ideology is not the answer – The seventh root race in South America – The danger of labeling Indigo children – A few people will not save the earth – Study how civilizations become rigid and self-destruct – Why ritual cannot save you – The Inca civilization was not connected to the ascended masters – Western civilization is transcending itself – Use the teachings to teach others –


Ascended Master Great Divine Director, June 30, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

I have been known as the master R. I have been known as the Great Divine Director. But I come to give you an ancient name – the name Eutai [pronounced eeh-u-tay] – which is in an ancient language that is no longer in use on earth. Yet I desire to release this name at this time because the sound of this name, eeh-u-tay, can indeed unlock what needs to be unlocked in this place, that the Inca’s called Machu Picchu but which is the seat of a much older civilization of which there is – as yet – no record in the scientific field.

My Beloved hearts, this place is what has often been called a “power place” in the earth. But it is not a power place because of any physical characteristics, not even the spectacular mountains or the formations of the mountains or the formation of the stones that are laid here. It is a power place precisely because it is one of the places selected in ancient times after the sinking of the continent of Lemuria, which was located – as most of you know – in what is now the Pacific ocean. When it became clear that that continent could not be saved, certain groups of people – special initiates of the high priestesses – were given the task of each group carrying a particular flame of the twelve flames that were kept in the ancient temple of the Mother land. So one group came to this area that is now known as Machu Picchu and they anchored that flame.

This is the reason why this place is considered a power place. Not because of the physical characteristics but because deep within the bedrock of these mountains, there is an anchor for the flame. This is a flame of peace but it is not the kind of peace that you normally think of, for it is an active flame of peace, a joyful, ecstatic, bubbling, overwhelming sense of peace that truly, when unleashed, can wash away all sense of conflict, all contradictions, all of the squabbles that are so common among human beings.

This flame has been anchored deep within this mountain now for so long that it has almost died out for the simple reason that no one on earth have called to that flame. Yet I must tell you that it is time to re-ignite that flame, to fan it to a greater height and a greater intensity, so that those who are willing to call it forth can indeed magnify it greatly through their heart flames. This is indeed something that all of you can strive to attain, especially those of you who feel that your God flame may be one of the shades of peace.

An active flame of peace

I invite you to use the ancient name I have given you and invoke that flame of peace—if you feel called to do so from within your heart. Therefore, my beloved, let it be known that this marks a turning point, a potential turning point, for the earth and especially for South America. For indeed, what is the need of this land of South America? Is it not peace, and is it not an active form of peace that will awaken people from two things.

For the people need to be awakened first of all from the warring, even the warring in their own members, that has been going on for tens of thousands of years in the ancient cultures that are known to modern science. But even before them, where you see various groups fighting for this land, fighting for dominion, fighting for superiority, almost to the point where one must wonder how long this can go on, before people see that there is no point in the endless fighting.

Do you not see this fighting even today, where you see for example in the nation of Colombia the fighting amongst guerrilla groups. Yet there is no real reason for this fighting. You even see tension amongst some of the nations in South America. Yet what is the reason for this? Well, the reason for it is that people have been asleep, been asleep to the fact that they need to rise up and purify their hearts from conflict by invoking the flame of active peace, ecstatic peace, that is meant to be the guiding light for this continent of South America.

What you see is that instead of invoking the flame of active peace, ecstatic peace, joyful peace, the people have been lulled asleep and they have no ambition, no drive, no desire to self-transcend or to see their cultures and their nations transcend the current state of poverty and inequality and economic instability. This is the second thing from which the people need to be awakened. Their unwillingness, their inability to self-transcend, their unwillingness to mentally step outside of their current situation and look at their surroundings and look at their culture and say, “This is not enough. I want more. I want more than tradition. I want more than what was known to my parents in past generations.”

Marxist, communist, socialist ideology is not the answer

You see in many areas of South America this longing back to the past, whether it be to the grandeur, or the so-called grandeur, of the Inca or other past civilizations or even to Colonial times. My Beloved, it is necessary for the people to awaken. The Golden Age in South America cannot be brought in by an elite, for it is indeed the existence of power elites, going back through the millennia, that is responsible for the warring and the inequality that has led to the current state of poverty.

Thus, this elitism must be overcome, and it can be overcome only when a critical mass of the people themselves awaken. But they cannot be awakened through the flame of anti-peace that leads to revolution, for we cannot have South America turn to a left-wing, Marxist, communist, socialist ideology as has begun to happen in some nations. This will only lead to greater instability that will lead first to civil war and then war among nations.

And thus, a major war could indeed come upon this continent within the next two decades unless a critical mass of people are awakened through the flame of ecstatic, joyful peace. This is the willingness to seek peace but a peace that is based on self-transcendence, whereby the current conditions are not allowed to remain. Yet they are not allowed to lead to conflict and war but lead to a greater sense of peace based on constant self-transcendence.

The seventh root race in South America

Self-transcendence is indeed at the very core of every flame of God. For self-transcendence is God. There is no self-transcendence without God. Nor is it possible to be with God without transcending oneself. This is indeed the key to every divine quality, including the quality that I embody, that of Divine Direction. For what is Divine Direction other than the realization that you must self-transcend—and then the direction from Above that prods you to self-transcend, that prods you that there is something more to be known, something more to be seen, something more to be obtained, something more to be expressed in this world.

Thus, I must tell you that in the past we have talked about the coming of the seventh root race, and South America has been singled out as one of the places for the descent of the lifestreams who belong to that wave. Yet I must tell you that given the current conditions on this continent, as I have just outlined, it simply is not responsible for us to allow a large number of the seventh root race to embody on this continent. A few lifestreams have descended, the brave ones who have volunteered to be the forerunners. But I must tell you that given current social and economic conditions, it is not possible to have large numbers descend here. Therefore, we have indeed allowed a number of these lifestreams to embody on the North American continent.

The danger of labeling Indigo children

My Beloved, there are those in the New Age movement who have correctly sensed that there is an unusual group of souls coming into embodiment in the last few decades. They have sometimes been called the Indigo children. I come to tell you, beloved, that there is an underlying truth that a wave of lifestreams have been allowed to embody on planet earth in the last couple of decades, and they have a special attainment. Yet I must also tell you that most of the New Age teachings on Indigo children are not coming from the ascended masters and are in fact a very subtle mixture of truth and error, light and darkness.

It is unfortunate to try to label and single-out a wave of highly spiritual lifestreams that are coming into embodiment. For by trying to define characteristics, by putting labels on these children, it becomes very easy for their parents, and possibly even for parts of society, to put these children in a box. Yet I must tell you that the essential reason why these lifestreams are coming into embodiment is to break all the boxes that are holding the current and past generations back, preventing the New Age culture, the New Age mindset from coming into manifestation.

Thus, do you see the subtle plot by the forces of darkness, the false teachers of this planet? They know that the lifestreams of the seventh root race and the lifestreams that are coming in before the seventh root race are coming in primarily to break the boxes, the mental boxes, of their parents and society. Thus, the dark forces are attempting to get the most sensitive lifestreams in the current generation to put these incoming lifestreams into a mental box, labeling them as Indigo children, having such and such qualities.

This is a subtle plan to make it more difficult for the incoming lifestreams to fulfill their divine plans. And it is especially aimed at the older generation who, by labeling them as Indigo children and looking for them with specific characteristics, miss the opportunity to transcend themselves based on the wisdom and even some of the problems of these lifestreams. Do you see the importance that if you label the incoming lifestreams and put them in a mental box, you have already put yourself in that mental box? And thus, how shall you learn the lesson you are meant to learn from the incoming lifestreams, namely that you need to get out of your mental boxes – get out of all mental boxes – and manifest your Christhood.

For they have not come to solve the problems on this earth. It is most unfortunate to single out a group of lifestreams as being more superior than their parents, thus making it seem as if these incoming lifestreams are here to solve humankind’s problems. This is the same lie we have seen over and over again in so many disguises, including the idea that Jesus Christ is the only son of God.

A few people will not save the earth

My Beloved, the savior of planet earth is you. The savior of your generation is you. You cannot expect someone else to come and solve the problems for you, for the only way these problems can be solved is that those who have created the problems, and those who are serving to uphold them, transcend the state of consciousness that led to the manifestation of these outer problems.

Do you see, this is the only way that humankind can possibly grow? This is the only way that humankind has ever grown. And when you have seen cycles where humankind’s consciousness has indeed gone into a downward spiral, it is precisely because most people – including most spiritual people – have not understood this very principle, which is the very reason for the existence of the earth as a cosmic schoolroom.

The earth is not created so that one or a few can come and save the many. The earth is created so that the many can raise their consciousness and thereby ascend to higher levels of learning, as has indeed happened with the first three root races and with many lifestreams from the succeeding root races.

Do you see the point? The fall of humankind began with the fourth root race and many lifestreams from the fifth and the sixth root races have indeed fallen as well. Yet for these lifestreams to ascend and get back into a positive spiral, they must change their consciousness. They must self-transcend. They must want more. They must be willing to reach for the divine direction that guides them forward, that prods them forward, that pulls them up by their hairs if they are not willing to walk on their own.

Yet there is, of course, a limit to how much we can pull up anyone. And that is why there must indeed be a willingness to take what is given, to multiply that gift and to bring it back to the altar in its multiplied form, so that we can multiply it further and thereby create the upward spiral that is the only means for the ascension of the earth and the consciousness of humankind.

Study how civilizations become rigid and self-destruct

The Inca civilization that took over this place of Machu Picchu is indeed a good example to study, in order to understand how an entire civilization can become trapped in a rigid mindset, a rigid culture, being so concerned about maintaining their rituals that they are not willing to self-transcend. They are not willing to go within and bring forth a creativity from within the heart that can renew their rituals, their practices, even their entire belief system and world view.

Thus, at this place you will see certain rocks that are large and carved with great precision. On top of these huge rocks you will see smaller rocks carved with far less precision and stacked up with far less skill. This shows you that the Inca’s built upon temples that are far older than the Inca civilization. It also shows you that the Inca civilization was not that creative in itself but often copied what they saw around them.

The Inca civilization was very good at organizing, and that is why they grew and were successful and managed to conquer many of their neighbors who were not as organized. And this is indeed one of the necessary qualifications of any civilization. It must have organization because it creates stability. Yet stability and longevity are not the same thing. For you see, stability without self-transcendence, without creativity, cannot create longevity, neither in your personal life nor in an entire civilization.

And that is why, indeed, you saw that the Inca’s themselves – even though they had a very quick rise to power – also had a quick fall because their own rigidity, their own unwillingness to self-transcend, did indeed create the opposite force from the Mother Light itself that brought about the Spaniards who came in and very quickly conquered the Inca civilization.

Thus, one might say that the Inca civilization is a perfect example of a civilization that – even though it reached a certain height – simply was not sustainable from the very beginning, because it had too many contradictory forces. It had too much rigidity and unwillingness to go beyond rigid doctrines, beliefs and rituals. My Beloved, no amount of ritual – let me say this again – no amount of ritual can ever save a human being or an entire civilization.

Why ritual cannot save you

You can pick any spiritual technique or philosophy found on this planet. You can practice it with great determination, yet the practice of ritual itself will not save you, because the practice of ritual cannot guarantee the transcendence of your consciousness. For a ritual to be effective, it must be approached as only a foundation for self-transcendence. And you must then connect to the source of creativity in your heart, thereby adding your inner creativity to the outer ritual, so that you make it a living ritual. And that is precisely what will bring about the contact between your lower being – performing the ritual – and your own higher being. That contact can happen only through the open door of the heart, the secret chamber behind the heart chakra that is the connecting point between the lower part and the higher part of your own Being.

Unless you open that door of the heart through creativity and love, you cannot establish the figure-eight flow in your own being that is the very key to self-transcendence and spiritual growth. Likewise, unless a civilization opens that door of the heart of its people and especially of its leaders – and especially its spiritual leaders – unless that happens, that civilization cannot have the figure-eight flow that leads to self-transcendence and thereby longevity.

The Inca civilization was not connected to the ascended masters

If you will study the Inca civilization, you will see how the priesthood and the kings fell into the typical trap that you see in almost every civilization. Once they had ascended to power, they began to be more concerned about maintaining or even increasing their power than being concerned about maintaining the connection to the spiritual realm.

I must tell you that the Inca civilization never had a connection to the ascended masters. Their priests needed drugs in order to induce a “higher” state of consciousness, and therefore they could not communicate with the ascended masters, for we do not communicate with people through drugs or any other mechanical means. We communicate only through those who have opened their hearts through love.

So the Inca civilization was actually, from the very beginning, in contact with lower spirits. Yet I must tell you that even these lower spirits would have been able to promote some form of self-transcendence in the Inca civilization—if the priests had been willing to continue to heighten their contact. Yet the priests became so focused on the outer rituals and the rigidity of those rituals, and therefore they started having contact with lower and lower spirits.

And as they realized that there was no more the power in their rituals – in terms of giving them inner visions – they instead reverted to the traps seen in so many religions, including the Catholic Church and other Christian churches today, where they became more and more focused on the outer ritual instead of the inner experience beyond the ritual. And so the ritual itself became an end in itself rather than the means to an end. And that is why the Inca civilization, the Inca priesthood, became more and more rigid, which is indeed what led further and further into the downward spiral which quickly became irreversible. And the Spaniards were only the outer tool for this.

Western civilization is transcending itself

Of course, the Spaniards themselves were not a sustainable civilization. But I must give credit that the European civilization has been far better able to transcend itself than most other civilizations. Thus, you do indeed see – in Europe and in the United States today – a civilization that is very quickly transcending itself, having to a very large degree, abandoned the ritualistic rigidity of the past.

Thus, even though you see in modern western civilization many conflicts and contradictions, that do indeed threaten the longevity of this civilization, you also see the willingness to self-transcend on the part of many people. The willingness that is far greater than what you see for example in South America or in other cultures around the world.

My Beloved, what I want you to understand is that the Incas were too unbalanced in terms of being too rigid and not having enough creativity. What you see in the western civilization today is almost the opposite form of imbalance—where the western civilization has thrown off the rigidity of the Catholic Church yet has not found anything to put in its place, to give the spiritual stability that can counter-balance the innovation you see in technology.

Thus, you see indeed the unwise use, the unbalanced use, of technology because people do not have the inner contact of the heart—for they have no spiritual basis and foundation upon which to build their exploration of technology. What you see is a tremendous outpouring of creativity in terms of using the Mother Light in ever new ways. Yet you do not see that this happens under the guidance, under the Divine Direction, of the Father energy, the Father Light. And thus, you do not have, as of yet, a healthy figure-eight flow in the modern western civilization.

This is, of course, the main reason for giving you Mother Mary’s rosaries, which are meant to help people re-establish that figure-eight flow on a personal scale and on a larger scale, that can then bring society back to a more balanced state, where there is no longer the imbalance between the Alpha and Omega qualities, the Father and the Mother energies. And thus, a civilization can then use the Mother Light in the form of technology under the guidance of the spiritual truth of the Father Light. And thus, divine direction can come to play its intended role, where it sets the perimeters. And as long as people exercise their creativity within these perimeters, they will not self-destruct. Nor will their civilization self-destruct, as did so many civilizations in the past that did not have the proper balance.

This is indeed an essential teaching for those who are the spiritually advanced people in this age. Those who have seen the value of Mother Mary’s rosaries, those who have been willing to use them, those who have been willing to study the teachings. You are indeed the saviors, not only in your own personal lives and path but of your civilization.

Use the teachings to teach others

For my beloved, you have been given the keys, the master keys, to the abundant life that is indeed the characteristic of the Golden Age of Saint Germain, of the Aquarian culture. Use them on a personal level and then go out and teach them. Teach them to others—reach out. Simplify the principles. Personalize them so that you can speak from the heart and share with others without feeling like you are preaching religion to them. But simply share from your heart, giving witness to the realizations that have come to you in your heart, because of your study of these outer teachings and your practice of Mother Mary’s rosaries in a creative way that makes them your own.

This is our desire. And thus, as my final act, I do indeed come to add a mighty momentum from Above to the flame of Ecstatic Peace that is anchored in this place. Therefore, I say, “Let the fires be fanned, let the fires rise up and consume all lack of joy, all lack of peace in this earth so that people can be awakened and sense the new flame of freedom. The freedom that comes through peace, that is ecstatic in its love for the higher way of God that leads to a peaceful self-transcendence that never ends but continually reaches for the higher, for the more, for the River of Life. Thus, flowing with that River, becoming the overwhelming stream that washes away all the filth that covers the earth and prevents the awakening of so many wonderful hearts on this planet!”

Thus, in the name of the Father, the Son, the Holy Spirit, in the name of the Holy Spirit of Divine Direction, it is done! It is finished! It is sealed in the earth, now and forever. Eutai! Eutai! Eutai! Eutai!

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Anchoring the Mother Light in the base chakra of America

TOPICS: The death culture in Miami – The base chakra is the basis for manifestation – Understanding how the chakras work – Seeing Mother Nature as an enemy – Why hurricanes hit a certain area  – Holding the spiritual balance for your city –


Ascended Master Mother Mary, June 21, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, life is precious! Life is sacred because life is the process of God becoming MORE of itself. The core of life is self-awareness, the awareness that you exist, the awareness that you exist as whatever you see yourself as being. Life is imagination, the ability to imagine yourself as being MORE than what you currently experience, more than what you currently manifest. Life then is free will, the willingness to choose to be that more, to outpicture it, to manifest it. And even the ability to choose to be less.

This then is what gives God’s co-creators the ability to choose to be less than what they were created to be. And this is what gives them the ability to come to the point where they do not value life, they do not see life as a precious opportunity to learn, to grow. And thus, they can come to the point of being indifferent to life, your own life or the lives of others, even to the point of resenting the fact that they have life. Because, by choosing to be less, they have boxed themselves into a very small mental box, where there is no enjoyment, no happiness, no joy.

This is what you see in many places on this earth, where people have come to disregard the value of life. Even to the point where they are willing to play Russian roulette with their lives, treating life as if it was some commodity that could be put up as a bargaining chip in a game of chance—almost as if they want to lose that life through coincidence. For when they play a game of chance with their lives, they are able to ignore the very fact that the gift of life comes with responsibility, the responsibility that you are who you choose to be at any moment.

You cannot run away from that responsibility. Yet because people do not want to take responsibility for their lives and acknowledge that what they experience today is the result of their own choosing in this and past lives, they would rather let their future lives be decided by chance instead of their own decisions. They do not want to make decisions because they believe that no matter what they do, it will be wrong or lead to undesirable results.

The death culture in Miami

You see, in this city of Miami, an entire culture that is based on the indifference to life. They show disregard for the value of life, even the death wish that causes so many people to gamble with their lives, be it through drugs, alcohol, sexual perversions, prostitution, promiscuity, the party lifestyle, corruption or the way to make easy money by taking risks that are not easy and not rational.

Thus, I desire to appear in this place of the base chakra of America after the conference in the heart chakra of America because the victory that was won in Chicago gives me the opportunity to anchor an extraordinary Presence of my Being, of the Mother Flame in this place of the base chakra. This, then, can begin an alchemical process that can raise the awareness of the people in this area to the point where they regain – and are willing to reclaim – the sacredness of life, the value of life.

Because my Mother Flame will disturb them in their quest for pleasure or money or material possessions, whereby they will sense my flame and therefore sense that there is more to life than this senseless drive for more pleasure, more money or bigger houses. They will sense that there is more than an endless party that leaves them more empty than they were before they started. Which means they then have to take more drugs or go into a more wild lifestyle to find reprieve from their emptiness.

This becomes a downward spiral that never ends. What can bring them out of it is only the love for something beyond the emptiness, and that something is the longing to be in the embrace of the Mother of God, whereby they feel nurtured from a source that is above the material world. Yet is not so far above that they cannot sense it, as they are not yet ready to reconnect to the Father’s greater love.

Thus, my beloved, what you see in this area of Miami is an example of a culture that has completely forgotten the Father’s love and has perverted the Mother’s love, whereby people think it is their right, even a necessity, that they seek to control the Mother Light and use it for the short-term gain of either material possessions or pleasure.

Consider the name “Miami.” “M-i“ or “m-y” stands for my and mine, and “am-i” is a reversal of the name of God “I AM.” Thus, the “my” of the ego seeks to control the Mother Light, the Light of God, and seeks to use it to build a pleasure cult rather than the kingdom of God—which is the truly abundant life. The truly abundant life is both abundant materially and spiritually. What you see instead in this area is that so many people focus all of their attention on building a life that is as abundant materially as possible but is completely empty spiritually and therefore can never satisfy them. This forces them to go into the spiral of seeking more and more in this world, rather than seeking the MORE of the Spirit, the MORE of their own higher Beings, which is the only source of true fulfillment and joy.

The base chakra is the basis for manifestation

Instead of accepting that it is the Father’s good pleasure to give them the kingdom, people seek to take that kingdom by force by perverting the Mother Light. The base chakra of your individual being, and the base chakra of a nation, is truly the “space” where material abundance is brought into manifestation. It is through the base chakra that you manifest an abundant material life.

Yet in order to manifest God’s abundant life, the base chakra must be in alignment with the heart. It must be under the guidance of the heart, because only the heart is the open door between your lower being and your higher Being. And only when you are centered in the heart, and allow your higher being to direct your life through the heart, will you have God’s abundant life. What happens when the heart is closed off because of hardness of heart? Well, what happens is that you are still co-creating through the base chakra. But now you cannot co-create in alignment with God’s greater plan nor with your own divine plan. And thus, what happens is one of two things.

One is that the base chakra itself becomes polluted by self-centered short-term desires, whereby the person enters the endless quest for pleasure, seeking physical pleasure, whether through sexual activity or any other means. This becomes a downward spiral because when there is no connection to the heart, there can be no true enjoyment of the pleasures or the possessions of this world.

True joy, true fulfillment, comes only when you manifest things and experiences in the material realm that are in alignment with God’s purpose and with your own divine plan. When you are out of alignment with this higher vision, anything you do will give you a sense of emptiness, of never being quite fulfilled. Thus, ego-desires can never give you true happiness, as ultimate fulfillment comes only from knowing you are raising up both yourself and all life.

And thus, no matter how much sex or how many possessions people have, they are never satisfied, they are never filled—they are still empty. This leads people to try to misuse the Mother Light instead of allowing the clarity, the vision, of the heart to manifest the abundant life that God desires to give all of his co-creators. They now seek to take it by force by doing it according to what their egos think they need—right now, right here. Thus, there is no concern for long-term consequences, there is only what feels good right now. And thus comes the whole concept of, “If it feels good, do it!”

“Eat, drink and be merry, for tomorrow we die,” as they say. And truly, so many people in this area live this way. They might go out and work throughout the week, but come the week-end, they go out to eat, drink and be merry, not caring whether they live the next morning.

The other thing that happens when the heart is closed off is that if the base chakra is not ruled by the endless quest for pleasure, it will be ruled by the head, by the analytical mind, and its quest for whatever it seeks, which is often power and superiority. Thus, you see in this area an enormous amount of corruption and an enormous striving for, even an entire culture of, making easy money with no regard for how it affects other parts of life.

You also see the perversion of the intellect, the perversion of the crown chakra, which is seeking superiority over other people, rather than seeking the connection to the God within that gives you the knowledge that you are one with God and all life is one with God, and thus what is the point of seeking superiority over others. The true fulfillment comes from seeking to raise up all life rather than creating the state of inequality that gives the impression to some people that they are better than others because they have more power or more possessions.

Understanding how the chakras work

My Beloved, I desire you to understand that your chakras are designed to release light, and thus any release of light through your chakras will give you a sense of pleasure. You can force the light to be released through the base chakra through certain forms of music and sexual practices. You can force the light through the crown chakra by attaining and exercising power over others, giving rise to a sense of superiority. Indeed, you can force the release of light through all of the chakras. Yet such a forced release of light will only give you temporary pleasure.

It is much like the forced high that comes from stimulants of the body, from sugar to drugs. It will inevitably wear off, and when it does, you end up feeling more empty than before because at some level of your being is the realization that you have squandered God’s Light and the opportunity to raise up yourself and all life. Yet when you seek first the kingdom of God and the righteousness of seeking to raise all life, you will indeed experience pleasure from the release of light that brings forth a positive manifestation. This will be a deeper pleasure that leads to an enduring sense of joy that does not wear off but leads to a permanent sense of fulfillment and a sense of purpose and meaning.

Many people have indeed spent years or decades on a senseless pursuit of short-term pleasure and have finally tired of it, thus finding a deeper joy by doing things for others. This is why you see a few rich people who have turned to philanthropy as their way to gain true fulfillment. I wish more people would do this instead of continuing the endless cycle of seeking to cover over their inner emptiness.

Seeing Mother Nature as an enemy

My Beloved hearts, a famous poet once said, “East is East and West is West and never the twain shall meet.” Well, you see a miniature version of the concept in this area, where the further you go East, the bigger the houses, the bigger the high-rises, the more money people have. Whereas when you go West, you find the trailer parks, where people can barely make a living and live in structures that will be blown away by a strong wind. In contrast, the rich people live in concrete fortresses that they believe can survive anything that Mother Nature can send at them—as if Mother Nature and the Ma-ter Light is the enemy.

And, in a certain sense, Mother Nature is the enemy of the rich people who seek to raise up themselves by taking from others. For as I have explained, the Ma-ter light has a built-in contracting force that seeks to break down any structure that is out of alignment with the design principles of the Creator. Thus, the more you see people who seek to control the Mother Light and take abundance or power through force, the more they will create a counter-force that seeks to restore balance to the light itself. This is actually a survival mechanism that prevents people from self-destructing by setting limitations for how far they can take their selfishness into the extreme.

Thus, my beloved, many people have indeed been awakened by seeing how Mother Nature is able to take away even the strongest structures built by man, as if they were made of straw. Which is why last year’s hurricanes in Florida and elsewhere did indeed awaken many people to the impermanence of life. Some people have responded with a determination to build even stronger fortresses, while others simply seek to prepare themselves to survive the next storm. Yet some have indeed contemplated the impermanence of life in the material universe and have decided to turn to a more spiritual lifestyle.

This, of course, is the only hope for the turning back of future hurricanes, for there is no desire on the part of God and the ascended masters to punish anyone. Please understand that I am the Divine Mother for all life on earth. I clearly see that some co-creators have become extremely selfish in their desire to control the Ma-ter Light and take abundance by exploiting other people or Mother Nature. Nevertheless, I do not hate such people but embrace them as my children gone astray. Thus, I have no desire to see them be punished for their misdeeds. Instead, I only desire to see them awakened, so they can remove themselves from the state of consciousness that causes people to become selfish.

We of the ascended masters have only one desire, namely to raise up all life until they transcend the duality consciousness and can then receive the truly abundant life of the Father through the materialization of the Mother’s nurturance and love. So even a hurricane is not God’s punishment, and the greatest potential for avoiding future hurricanes in this area is that people come to the understanding of the spiritual cause and effect behind these violent storms.

Why hurricanes hit a certain area

As a crude analogy, consider that there was a rubber sheet covering the area of Florida and the Caribbean. As people misuse the Mother Light, the misqualified energies concentrate and form a dead weight that naturally stretches the rubber sheet and creates a depression in the sheet wherever the concentration of energy reaches the greatest intensity. Now imagine that a ball comes rolling in from the East. Where will this ball end up but in the deepest depression in the rubber sheet?

The ball, of course, represents a hurricane coming in from the Atlantic and being attracted to a specific path based on where there is the greatest concentration of misqualified energy. The hurricane is fed by heat on the material level but is truly caused by misqualified energy. Like attracts like, so the hurricane will inevitably be attracted to an area on land where there is a high concentration of negative energy.

My Beloved, as violent as a hurricane is, it can actually have a beneficial effect in terms of shattering the stale concentration of misqualified energy over a city. The rigid energy that has accumulated is literally blown apart and scattered over a larger area. Obviously, this does not mean that the energy is transformed into pure energy, but it does mean that a concentration of energy can be dispersed with the result that an area can remain purer for some time, until the people – if they do not change their lifestyle – create another concentration that will magnetize the next hurricane.

Thus, what you saw in last year’s hurricane season was that the hurricane known as Katrina did indeed pass over South Florida, but it did not cause maximum damage because the energy field of this area was still not back to the negativity found before Andrew scattered it some years ago. Thus, the hurricane continued its path, actually picking up some of the negative energy in Miami and carrying it on to its ultimate destination in the New Orleans area.

What can break this spiral of the accumulation of energy that leads to a major hurricane, only to immediately begin the process of accumulation that leads to the next hurricane? Only that the people become awakened and take responsibility for their city! Yet it is not necessary that all are awakened, for truly a few people can make a difference, as illustrated in the story of Sodom and Gomorra. Did not Abraham plead with God that he would spare the city if 50, 10 or even just one righteous person could be found? Likewise, a few people who are sincere in seeking to raise their consciousness can buy time for even a large city so that more people have the opportunity to be awakened. It is indeed to facilitate this process that I have decided to anchor a portion of my Light in this area. Partly to support those who have already started raising their consciousness and partly to disturb those who are still focused on the raising of the little self rather than raising all life.

Holding the spiritual balance for your city

What does it truly mean to become one of the righteous people? Well, it does not mean that you become perfect according to some human standard that is based on the ego’s judgment after appearances. Neither does it mean that you belong to a certain church or perform certain outer rituals and practices. To become a righteous person means that you are willing to heal your own psychology, to confront your ego and overcome the wounds and divisions in your psyche. By coming into wholeness within yourself, you will come into Oneness with God and oneness with other people of like mind. And this is the true righteousness that can be the open door for mitigating natural and man-made disasters and eventually bringing in the Golden Age.

It is encouraging to us that we now begin to see – among the spiritual people world-wide – the establishment of a true community based on wholeness and a sense of oneness of purpose. As you continue to grow together – and grow together in oneness – this community can spread as rings in the water. For as other people use spiritual teachings and tools to heal themselves, they too will become not only examples but the open doors through whom we can release light that can heal others. Thus, the movement can continue to grow as many of you become the instruments for healing others, spreading like rings in the water with an almost infinite potential.

This is the true joy of my heart, as I watch how those who are open to healing are transformed by simply being around others who are further along on the path, and thus become the instruments through whom we can work. This is the true community of the Holy Spirit, where the members realize the truth in Jesus’ call that those who would be the greatest among men seek to be the servants of all. They seek first the kingdom of God and his righteousness, namely the wholeness that sets you free from the ceaseless and senseless drive to raise up the ego-self in comparison to others.

I commend all spiritual people for the healing you have gone through, and I desire you to ask for the inner vision of how you individually and you collectively can form a spiritual healing mission that goes beyond all boundaries and does not seek to simply make people members of an outer organization, instead seeking to bring all to the inner path of oneness.

My Beloved, as I have spoken these words in the physical octave in this place,* the words have become chalices for the anchoring of my Mother Flame over a large portion of this city. In the coming months and years, you will see how the light will begin a transformation process that can be reinforced by people giving rosaries and even other prayers. Yet were we to see the emergence of a more organized effort to use my new invocations in this city, the changes that could come about would be truly magnificent and would then serve as a foundation for clearing other areas of this nation. For if we can establish a strong foundation of clearing the heart and the base chakra, we will have the potential to go much further in bringing Saint Germain’s vision for the Golden Age into manifestation. Thus, I seal you now, and I seal this city in the love of the Divine Mother, and I say, “It is finished; it is manifest!”

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

 

Was Jesus a complete ego-maniac?

Kim Michaels, May 28, 2006.

In our last discussion on Jesus’ life,* we left off when he had just started his mission at the wedding in Cana. He had decided to take that final step beyond the point of no return, where he knew that his mission had gone public and there was nothing he could do to stop it. Now we are going to consider the cycle of Jesus’ mission – his actual mission in the three years where he walked around Palestine and encountered opposition from the high and the mighty in the Jewish religion. And yet he reached out to the people—those who were considered the lowly by the Jews.

When you consider Jesus’ mission, we have all been brought up with a very limited, very idolatrous view of his mission and his life. As we talked about in our first discussion about his birth, he has been set up on a pedestal, where we don’t see any connection between his mission and our own mission in life. We think we can’t possibly follow in his footsteps. Yet Jesus said “He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also” and this is the one sentence that is the essence of Jesus’ mission.

The simple question we need to ask ourselves is: “Do we believe that Jesus Christ was a total ego-maniac?” [Laughter]

It’s very simple. Ponder that question. Was he a total egotist? Did he come to show off that he was so much better than others, so far above us that we could never reach him?

Another version of that question is to say: “Why did God send his ‘only begotten Son’ to this Earth?” You take traditional Christian doctrine and it says “Jesus was the only Son of God,” or “Jesus was God from the very beginning.” As we talked about in the first lecture, the Catholic church said he “was begotten not made, coequal and coeternal with the Father.” In other words, he had no beginning. He was from the very beginning way above us. It also says that the rest of us were born as sinners.

So ask yourself this: If God is a benevolent God, does it make sense that he would create us as miserable sinners who are sinning by our vary nature, which God created. And then he sends Jesus as his only begotten Son to come down here to show us how perfect Jesus is, so we can really feel bad about how miserable we are. [Laughter] Yet God created Jesus and God created us. So if God created us as miserable sinners and he sent Jesus to make us feel bad about how he created us, he cannot be a benevolent God. There is no in-between.

Either God is some strange schizophrenic God [Laughter] or the Christian doctrine is a strange schizophrenic doctrine. Take your pick, because you can’t have it both ways. Unless you make yourself what Jesus called “the blind followers of the blind leaders,” because you refuse to think about what the blind leaders of Christianity have been telling people for 1500 years or more.

So this is what we need to wake ourselves up from, and those of us who are already awake need to be willing to be the open door to wake up those who are already – at inner levels – aware that something is missing from Christianity, something doesn’t make sense. Yet, they haven’t consciously made that leap where they have really dared to look at it, follow what they already know in their hearts and say, “The Pope has got nothing on.” [Laughter]

Do we really believe what Jesus said?
So the simple fact is that Jesus said “He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also.” Either Jesus was a liar or we need to understand what that statement means. And of course, the fact of the matter is that we were not created by God as sinners, we were created as sons and daughters of God. But we did not come here with the full God consciousness, the full Christ consciousness of seeing ourselves as one with God, with our own higher Beings, with our I AM Presence.

We came here with a limited self awareness and we were meant to grow in self awareness until we could fully accept our oneness with our own higher Being. And therefore we could say with Jesus, “I and my Father are One.” And that is why the gospel of John says, “To as many as believed on him, to them gave he the power to become the Sons of God.” Again, a statement that most Christian ministers will quite frankly ignore. And if you confront them with it, they will either refuse to talk about it or they will come up with some kind of convoluted logic why it couldn’t possibly mean what it actually says. [Laughter]

So the fact of the matter is that Jesus left us many clues in his life. And that’s why the way he wants us to look at his life and his mission is that he demonstrated the path that we can all follow, the path to Christhood.

His mission was not – as we have been led to believe – an example of a superior being who just appeared in perfect form. Even the three years of his mission was a growth period where he went through different stages and eventually reached the fullness of the Christ consciousness. But as we talked about in the discussion about death, even to the very end, he had certain things he needed to give up, certain expectations. He had a certain ghost he needed to give up before he was totally free of this world.

So we need to look at his mission that way and realize that we also have a mission. And therefore, we need to look at how Jesus carried out his mission and learn from that, so we can have clues on how we can carry out our mission. It doesn’t necessarily mean that we have to do exactly what Jesus did. I strongly suspect that in this day and age we do not have to be nailed to a physical cross in order to demonstrate our Christhood to the world.

So there is always a deeper meaning behind the physical events in Jesus’ life. What Jesus did was that he acted out in the physical world the path to Christhood so that it was visible for all who have eyes to see. Yet there can be a deeper meaning behind everything. Turning water into wine—it doesn’t mean that we all have to physically turn water into wine, but you turn the water of the human consciousness into the wine of the Christ consciousness. Walking on water is a symbol for taking command over the emotional body and walking on that water. As we discussed, him stilling the storm—the air is the mental realm, so stilling the thoughts that always disturb us and pull us away from inner peace.

Yet we have to be willing to see that Jesus in his mission was not adapting to the world and the way people wanted him to be. He was – throughout his mission – focused on what God wanted him to be, “I can of my own self do nothing. It is the Father within me who is doing the work.”

So when you look at Jesus’ mission, the most inspiring aspect of his mission to me is that he gave us a magnificent example of a person who never limited what God could do through him. And that is what we need to learn, namely that what was being expressed through Jesus was not Jesus’ own power, as the human, physical, historical person he was. It was God Power that was flowing through Jesus.

The inner truth about blasphemy?
Another question we need to ask ourselves about Christianity is, “What is the meaning of blasphemy?” So many Christians will talk about blasphemy. And I have had a number of emails to the website that said “Your teachings are blasphemous, you’re blaspheming and you will surely go to hell.” But what is blasphemy? Well, blasphemy is a violation of the first two commandments: Thou shalt have no other God’s before me. Thou shalt not take unto yourself any graven image.

You create an image of God, and you worship that image instead of the true God, the Living God. And therefore, you are denying God’s Presence where you are. And you are denying God the opportunity to let his power flow through you and manifest his kingdom on Earth through you. And that is blasphemy, because the worst form of blasphemy is to deny God and deny God where you are, deny that God is within you and that God can work through you.

And that is why Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is within you.” So it is not us who have to do all these things. Jesus does not call us to have a savior complex, but he calls us to realize that if we will believe on him, if we will follow his example, then we can become the open doors for God’s power to flow into this world. And it is God’s power that will change the world, not our own power. That just becomes another endless power play of the ego.

And if you look at religion today, you will see that many religions, and certainly the Christian religion, have become completely enveloped in this power play, where the ego says, “Our religion is better than any other religion and therefore we have to convert everyone to our religion.” It is not a matter of raising people up, bringing God’s kingdom to Earth. No, all we need to do is make everyone a member of the Christian religion. And they justify that by another statement by Jesus, where he says, “Go ye into all the world and turn all people into my disciples.” And he talked about baptizing them and those who will be baptized will be saved and those who won’t will not be saved. And they have interpreted that to mean that Jesus wanted us, who call ourselves Christians, to go out and turn everyone else into Christians.

But that is not what Jesus said. And we can see that when we look at Jesus’ mission and his interaction with the hierarchy, the power elite, of the Jewish religion—who never accepted him as the Messiah, who condemned him from the very start, who tried all kinds of trickery to get him to commit what they said was blasphemy so they had an excuse for putting him to death, Because back then blasphemy was a capital crime. They rejected him because they were attached to the outer religion which is what Jesus called “The broad way that leads to destruction,” which is what the Old Testament calls “The way that seemeth right unto a man, but the end thereof are the ways of death.”

And that is the outer approach to religion, where you think that by being a member of an outer religion, your salvation is guaranteed as long as you follow all the outer rules. And therefore, you can buy your way into Heaven. You can force God to accept you by saying, “Look God, I am so good according to this standard defined by this religion.” And of course, they all believed that God defined that standard. But the reality is that the standard they were trying to live up to is a graven image, created by their own consciousness—so they can do what they feel they’re comfortable with, so they can hide their egos, so they don’t have to give up the ego.

That is the outer path, the false path, and Jesus denounced it over and over again. His most forceful denouncement was when he talked to his disciples and said, “Unless your righteousness exceeds the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no wise enter the Kingdom of Heaven.” The scribes and the Pharisees were the “good Christians” of their day in the sense that they were the good Jews, they were doing everything right, they knew the outer law; they were following to the letter.

And they thought for sure they were going to be saved because of all these outer things they had done. And here comes Jesus, saying, “Not so! You guys are not going to Heaven unless you change your ways.” And they were shocked and appalled, and of course they wanted to get rid of him.

What is the key of knowledge?
He also talked about the lawyers and he said, “Woe unto ye lawyers! Ye have taken away the key of knowledge. Ye would not enter in and those that were entering in ye hindered.”

What is the key of knowledge? Well, that is the inner path to God, where we find the Kingdom of God within us. And we realize that there is a higher state of consciousness than the human state of consciousness, which Paul in the scriptures calls the carnal mind. And he says the carnal mind is enmity against God, because it is not subject to the laws of God and neither, indeed, can it be. And this is what we’ve talked about with the ego. The ego cannot be saved, it cannot be made acceptable in the eyes of God.

And that is why the only way to walk into the Kingdom of God is to let the ego die on the cross as Jesus demonstrated. And thereby do what Paul said, “Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus,” so that we can then do the works that Jesus did.

Now think about this. If you had to do Jesus’ works – walk on water, raise the dead, heal the sick – could you do it? And most people would say no. And the simple reason is that you cannot do it with your present level of consciousness. But if you were able to let that mind that was in Jesus be in you, then you couldn’t do the works that Jesus did, but God could do those same works or even greater works through you that he did through Jesus. Because Jesus knew he was not the doer.

You think you can’t do these works because you think you’re the doer. Because as long as we’re in the duality consciousness and affected by the ego, we think we’re separated from God and therefore we have to be the doer on our own. But in reality, when we come into that state of Oneness – “I  and my Father are One” – we realize that we are not the doer, it is the God Power flowing through us that is the doer. And that is the most magnificent example that Jesus set for us in his entire mission.

Wherever he went, he was willing to let God Be through him. Even if it shocked people, or disturbed people, or went against their beliefs and offended them and they accused him for it. He was willing to go beyond the box and this is what we have to realize. The only thing that is going to change this Earth is that people change their way of thinking. And people are trapped in a mental box, where they either think they’re right or they think there is nothing beyond the belief system they have been brought up with—be it science, be it the Christian religion or any other religion.

So the role of the Living Christ, the Christ in embodiment, is to awaken people from their sleep, like we talked about in our talk about death. Death, the way Jesus used the term often, is a state of spiritual death where you are not aware, you are not awake, you are not growing and you are not letting God Be through you, because you think you’re separated from God.

Our role on the path of Christhood
So we have to realize that if we are walking the path to Christhood, this is our role. Jesus said, “For this reason came I into the world, to bear witness to the truth.” And he sent his disciples out to bear witness to that truth. And we are here to, “Let our light so shine before men that they may see your good works and glorify your Father which is in Heaven.”

Because when we let our light shine, when we let God’s light shine through us, people can see that it is not us that are being the doers. And therefore, they can see beyond and realize that it is God within us—and they can eventually come to the recognition that God is within them as well.

And so what is the role of a Living Christ? As I said, “Was Jesus a total ego-maniac?” No—because nothing Jesus did was for his own glorification, for his own pleasure, for his own needs or wants. No, it was all directed at raising up all life. Which is why he said, “If I be lifted up, I will draw all men unto me.” Because he knew that if one person reaches that Christhood, then it creates a magnetic pull that lifts up everyone else. So this is what he wants us to know about his mission.

Building a community of Christed beings
But the other thing he wants us to know about his mission is that the image we have been given of him is highly inaccurate. We have been given the image that because he was so special and so perfect, he did it all by himself. Yeah he had some disciples, but they were just following him. He didn’t need them; they needed him. He didn’t need anybody because he was so perfect, right? But the fact of the matter is that he had a community around him of people who supported him in his mission.

You can see hints of this in the scriptures. Mary Magdalene—it is clear in the scriptures that he would talk to her often. He loved her more than the other disciples. Which means he relied on her for emotional support. There was even one of the non-canonical gospels that says he used to kiss her often on the mouth, so it showed that she played a supporting role for Jesus.

We know that his mother supported him – we talked about the wedding in Cana – we also know that she held the immaculate concept for him. But we also find little hints that talk about the other 70. In other words, there was the 12 disciples, but there was a group of 70 beyond that. And they were people who were supporting Jesus behind the scenes.

And so that is why he wants us to realize that the Aquarian age is the age of community. And therefore we are not necessarily called to all walk alone in front of the whole world and declare our Christhood.
We have the option here to come together in unity and form a community of Christed beings who are supporting each other on our path to Christhood and in our expression of our Christhood. And therefore, we are not standing alone against the world. We are standing together, and therefore we are more powerful in our oneness. But in order for that community to truly work, it has to be the community of the Holy Spirit, which you see at Pentecost. The start of that community is where the scriptures talk about Jesus’ disciples that have come together—after they had been going through this trauma of him being taken away from them. One day they came together and the Bible says, “They were of one accord, in one place.”

One accord means they were in oneness of purpose. It didn’t mean they were totally in agreement about everything, that people had lost their individuality, but it means they were united by the greater vision that they were here to bear witness to what they had witnessed in Jesus’ life—the truth, the true teachings of Christ. And that is what we are called to do in this age as well, because we have the true teachings of Christ. And therefore, somebody needs to bear witness to those teachings to the world, so that the many people out there– who are ready at inner levels, who know there’s something missing from Christianity – can see it in the outer and therefore consciously connect to what they know in their hearts, what they know is part of their divine plan.

Jesus has said there are 10,000 people in embodiment who have the potential to manifest the full Christ consciousness in this lifetime. There are millions more who can reach a high degree of Christhood. And that is what will change the Earth in this age—not that there is one Christ, but that there are many! And that’s where the community of the Holy Spirit comes in. But in order for us to have that “being of one accord,” we have to be willing to come into oneness, which we have done during this conference. But we have done it because we have been willing to look at the ego and realize that it’s the ego that divides us and makes us a house divided against ourselves and against each other.

You look at every spiritual movement on this Earth. Many of them did very well in the beginning, but then gradually it started going downhill and they became more and more divided because they could not maintain that unity of purpose. And the reason they couldn’t was that they were not aware of the ego, they did not have the awareness or the teachings about it. And therefore, very slowly and gradually, the ego came in and played its many games that Jesus has talked about in his discourses on the ego and that the other masters have talked about. And gradually that organization started going downhill into that spiral of becoming just another religion that thinks it has the only true teachings, and therefore has to not only convert everybody to that religion but actively fight other religions like in the crusades.

Was Jesus schizophrenic?
Can you imagine Jesus actually approving the crusades, where Christians go out and kill other people in the name of Jesus Christ, when he said, “Love your enemies. Do good to them that hate you. Turn the other cheek. Forgive seventy times seven!”

Hello! Was Jesus schizophrenic? [Laughter] Or is Christian doctrine and behavior schizophrenic? It’s insane! You can take two approaches to the Popes of the Catholic church – either they were always supported by Christ and thus Christ approved the crusades, approved the inquisition, or they were human beings who often made political decisions.

And therefore, we have to look at Christianity’s past and learn the lesson and realize that Jesus did not come to start a religion that became as rigid and dogmatic and close-minded as the Jewish religion that rejected him as their Messiah. He did not come to start that kind of a church. And therefore, he is not in approval whatsoever of orthodox, sectarian, mainstream Christianity. And we have to learn from that and then we have to ask ourselves, “What kind of a movement did he come to start?”

Well, the fact is that the early followers of Jesus did not call themselves Christians. They called themselves “Followers of the Way” because Jesus said, “I AM the way, the truth and the life.” He came to show us a way to a higher state of consciousness, namely the Christ mind that is freedom from the ego. And that is the essence of Jesus’ teachings and his example—that we all have the potential to follow in his footsteps. And Jesus said, “If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, take up his cross and follow me.” Deny yourself means deny the ego, the identity built by the ego. Take up your cross means that you are willing to take up the task of undoing the choices that separate you from God, the choices that spring from the ego.

And the essence of the false path is where they say, “Oh, you don’t have to do that stuff. Just be a member of our church. Come to church every Sunday. Follow all the outer rules. Don’t do any of the bad things, and then you’ll one day wake up and you’ll be in Heaven.” And you don’t have to do what Jesus said—look at the beam in your own eye and pull it out. And therefore you start looking at the beam in the eyes of those people who are not members of your religion and say, “Oh they are bad, they are sure to go to hell.”

So Jesus came to show us an inner way, the Way of Life. A way that does not go through judgment but through Love. It does not go through fear but through that all-consuming love for God and love for each other.

Loving ourselves and each other
One of the koans Jesus gives in the koan book is, “Love your neighbour as yourself, so make sure you love yourself.” And this is what he said, “By this shall it be known that ye are my disciples, that ye love one another as I have loved you.” And that is the essence of the community we need to build in this age, a community of love, where we love each other with that Christ love—that is beyond the human, selfish, self-centered, possessive love. And again, it can only be the God Power flowing through us that can establish that kind of a community.

Because we could not have come into this conference and decided that we were going to force it to happen—what actually happened over the last couple of days. It was something that had to happen because we provided the chalice by being willing to go beyond the ego. But then the unity really came from Above. It was not something we could have forced. It’s a gift, it’s a grace. But we can make ourselves worthy, we can make ourselves the open doors for it by dealing with the ego.

So again, we are not here to start another movement that will claim that it has the only true teachings of Christ or the only true teachings of the Ascended Masters and nobody is going to come after us. We are here to be part of that universal movement of inspiring people to raise their consciousness. This does not mean that they have to become members of our organization. It does not even mean that we always have to present them with the teachings in their highest form.

It means we give them whatever they need, at whatever level of consciousness they are at, so they can be raised up a little higher. If they are not religious, we can give them a universal teaching about changing their consciousness. If they are Christians, we can attempt to give them a greater understanding of Jesus’ teachings. If they are Buddhist, we can give them an understanding of some of the universal elements of Jesus’ path and how we can overcome the duality consciousness and the consciousness of the ego and let it die.

So again, we don’t want to fall into that trap of the ego—we want to always focus on love, coming into oneness. But part of that love is the God Power that quickens people, that shakes them out of their blindness, just like Jesus so many times did this. When he raised Lazarus from the dead he didn’t say [softly] “Oh Lazarus please come forth.” [Laughter] He said [powerfully] “Lazarus, come forth!” And it was his entire being that was involved in that call. And that is why it penetrated.

And raising Lazarus from the dead can be a symbol for raising people from their state of spiritual death by being willing to be an open door for that God Power that quickens their beings, and they suddenly see what they could not see before, that there is more, there is light, there is reality beyond the conditions we see in this world that seem to be so insurmountable and so permanent.

That is why we can then bear witness to what Jesus demonstrated, “With men this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.” And that is the motto we need to embody until we become it. And therefore it happens—whatever is meant to happen, what God wants to happen for us individually and for our community and movement!

[Applause]

* On the previous days of the conference the participants had discussed Jesus’ birth and his growth toward being ready to start his mission.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels

I seal you in the Mother’s Love

Ascended Master Mother Mary, May 28, 2006 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, I too have come to seal you in my Mother’s love, providing the Omega polarity to the Alpha polarity of Maitreya. I have already expressed to you the gratitude of God the Father and the Mother of God for your service and for your Oneness at this conference. But I want to tell you that we of the ascended masters have gained a new sense of hope from seeing your willingness to come together in Oneness. There truly is nothing else that can turn the earth around than a critical mass of people who decide to follow Jesus’ teaching on turning the other cheek and understanding the true depth of that teaching. Thereby refusing to play the dualistic games of the ego that set brother against brother in a meaningless struggle that never ends.

And thus, you have proven that you are willing to look beyond that struggle. And I want you to remember that concept of reaching beyond the struggle – the outer differences – reaching for the Spirit of Oneness, the Spirit of Truth, seeking Oneness, seeking to be right with God instead of being right among men.

For my beloved, did not Jesus say “What shall it profit a man that he gains the whole world yet loses his soul?” So what shall it profit you if the entire world thinks you are right, but you are not right with God and therefore the Conscious You cannot be reborn. For you are not willing to let that old sense of identity die, to give up the ghost of that sense of identity, so that you can be resurrected after letting that mortal identity die on the cross, as Jesus described.

Thus, I give each one of you a portion of my mother’s love. It is a portion that is adjusted to your willingness to look beyond outer appearances. And thus, I give you no more than you can handle. But I give you enough to disturb you a little bit and thus prod you to reach higher and come to the next step of the sense of Oneness. Whereby you overcome the sense of division and conflict that can only spring from the ego and the forces of this world—that have long ago determined not to come back to God and would like to drag you with them into their self-created hell, even the hell on earth that you see in so many places where the Mother Light is misused, as it is misused here in the United States in the base chakra that I shall visit shortly.

Thus, receive that portion of my love, if you will, and carry it with you as you leave this hallowed place. Use it to connect yourself to the Oneness so that you do not fall for the temptation that you will surely meet to reengage in the dualistic games of the ego. Remember that Jesus fasted in the wilderness to establish his inner sense of Oneness with God. And have you not also fasted in this place that, although not a wilderness, still has been a place set apart from the world and the consciousness of the world.

So be aware that as you leave, the devil in some disguise will be there to tempt you into re-engaging in the duality consciousness and the ego games, whether they be of your own ego or those of the people that you know around you, who might feel threatened when they sense the light you have that you carry with you. And thus, they will seek to tear you down or steal that light to use it for selfish ends. So I say to you, guard the light, guard the love and above all guard the sense of Oneness that is the open door for both light and love to stream into your being.

Thus, be sealed in the infinite gratitude that is mine this day. You are worthy of that gratitude, each one. And if you will give me your sense of unworthiness and accept my gratitude for your presence in this world, then you will feel how the sense of unworthiness can melt away and be replaced by a sense of gratitude for being alive, for being given the opportunity to be part of this magnificent tapestry of light that is unfolding on this planet behind the surface appearances that might seem to be anything but spiritual.

Yet, behind it all is the River of Life, which is surely raising humankind to a higher level. And thus, when you let go of the sense of unworthiness and reconnect to that River of Life, you will feel the gratitude for being alive, for being on this planet, for having the opportunity to watch events unfold, and having the opportunity to share your God Flame with all life. Thus I seal you – each one – in the infinite gratitude of the Divine Mother. It is sealed this moment in time and space. Thus, it is manifest.

 

Copyright © 2006 by Kim Michaels